Gorgon Emp Mobil Australia Jansz Io Drilling Oil Spill Contingency Plan

Development
MOBIL AUSTRALIA RESOURCES COMPANY PTY LIMITED

JANSZ-IO DRILLING
OIL SPILL CONTINGENCY PLAN

For and on behalf of the Proponent
Document No:
Revision Date:
AUJZ-EDD-07-DR-511-R01-0070
October 2011
Revision:
JANSZ-IO DRILLING
Development
Oil Spill Contingency Plan
How to use this OSCP

Sections 1-5 BACKGROUND INFORMATION AND EMERGENCY PREPAREDNESS
- Project Description
-
Purpose, scope and legislative background of the OSCP
Geographic description and the environmental sensitivities of the area
Characteristics of the oil and other substances which could be spilt
Describes the organisation of the emergency teams and their functions

Outlines the requirements for response planning
Section 6 DISCOVERING THE SPILL - FIRST ACTIONS AND NOTIFICATION

- Describes the initial actions needed when a spill has been sighted and contains:
o
o
o
o
Alerting procedure and standard forms

Internal and external contact numbers for reporting of spill
Assessing response Tier (1, 2 or 3) and initial action checklists
Process for initiating emergency management teams
- USE THIS SECTION FIRST IF AN OIL SPILL OCCURS
Section 7 SPILL RESPONSE

- Describes how to plan for the response giving:
o Priorities for responding
o Responsibilities of the combat agency
o Ways of assessing spill movement and deciding on strategies for response
o Way of accessing equipment and resources for response
o Descriptions of criteria which would result in escalation of response
Section 8 INCIDENT REPORTING
- Provides requirements for Incident Reporting
Section 9 WILDLIFE
- Provides guidelines for wildlife protection and rescue
Sections 10 WASTE MANAGEMENT
- Provides guidelines on managing waste
Section 11 SAFETY PLAN
- Outlines process and responsibilities for managing safety
Section 12 TERMINATION OF RESPONSE
- Decision to Terminate
- Final Actions
APPENDICES
- Proformas for reporting
- Other reference material
AUJZ-EDD-07-DR-511-R01-0070 Jansz-Io OSCP REV 0 171011.doc
Page 3 of 72
JANSZ-IO DRILLING
Development
CONTENTS
1.
INTRODUCTION ...................................................................................................................... 9
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.4.1
1.4.2
1.5
1.5.1
1.5.2
1.5.3
1.6
1.6.1
1.6.2
1.6.3
1.6.4
2.
PROJECT AREA AND ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS ..................................................... 14

2.1
2.2
2.2.1
2.2.2
2.2.3
2.2.4
2.3
2.3.1
2.3.2
2.3.3
2.3.4
2.3.5
2.3.6
2.3.7
2.3.8
2.3.9
2.3.10
2.3.11
2.3.12
2.3.13
2.4
2.5
3.
Location .................................................................................................................... 14
Meteorological Conditions ......................................................................................... 14
Temperatures ............................................................................................................ 14
Seawater Temperature.............................................................................................. 14
Tides ......................................................................................................................... 15
Winds and Waves ..................................................................................................... 15
Environmental Sensitivities ....................................................................................... 15
Mangroves ................................................................................................................ 15
Intertidal Flats............................................................................................................ 15
Rocky Shores ............................................................................................................ 16
Coral Reefs ............................................................................................................... 16
Seagrass Meadows and Algal Beds .......................................................................... 16
Marine Flora and Fauna ............................................................................................ 16
Wading Birds ............................................................................................................. 16
Turtles ....................................................................................................................... 17
Cetaceans ................................................................................................................. 17
Exmouth Gulf ............................................................................................................ 17
Matters of National Environment Significance ........................................................... 18
Heritage places ......................................................................................................... 18
Additional Information on sensitive areas .................................................................. 18
Hazard Identification and Risk Assessment .............................................................. 18
Hydrocarbons ............................................................................................................ 20
RESULTS OF SPILL TRAJECTORY MODELLING FOR SPECIFIC SCENARIOS ................ 22

3.1
3.2
4.
Gorgon Project .......................................................................................................... 9

Proponent ................................................................................................................. 9
Jansz-Io Work Operator Scope ................................................................................. 10
Aim and Objectives of Plan ....................................................................................... 10
Aim ............................................................................................................................ 10
Objectives ................................................................................................................. 10
Using This Document ................................................................................................ 10
Scope ........................................................................................................................ 10
Document Interfaces ................................................................................................. 11
Document Revisions ................................................................................................. 11
Legislative Framework .............................................................................................. 11
Regulatory Requirements.......................................................................................... 11
National Plan ............................................................................................................. 11
WestPlan-MOP ......................................................................................................... 12
Responsibility for Managing Spills ............................................................................. 12
Surface Spills ............................................................................................................ 22

Subsea Blowout ........................................................................................................ 22
RESPONSE TEAMS AND PREPAREDNESS ......................................................................... 24

4.1
4.2
4.2.1
4.3
4.3.1
4.4
4.5
Response Priorities ................................................................................................... 24

Response Team Structure and Responsibilities ........................................................ 24
Company Response Teams Roles and Responsibilities ........................................... 24
Statutory responsibilities ........................................................................................... 27
Tiered Response ....................................................................................................... 28
The Oil Spill Response Incident Control System (OSRICS) ...................................... 28
Communications ....................................................................................................... 30
Page 4 of 72
JANSZ-IO DRILLING
Development
5.
MARINE OIL SPILL RISKS AND RESPONSE TACTICS ....................................................... 31
6.
DISCOVERING THE SPILL FIRST ACTIONS AND NOTIFICATIONS................................. 33

6.1
6.2
6.3
6.4
6.5
6.6
6.7
6.8
7.
First Sighting of Spill Initial Actions ......................................................................... 33

Emergency Activation Pathway ................................................................................. 35
Assessing the Response Tier Level .......................................................................... 36
Reporting .................................................................................................................. 37
Agency Contacts ....................................................................................................... 37
Initial Actions Checklists ............................................................................................ 38
Action Checklists ....................................................................................................... 41
Contact Directory ...................................................................................................... 41
SPILL RESPONSE .................................................................................................................. 42

7.1
7.1.1
7.1.2
7.2
7.3
7.3.1
7.3.2
7.3.3
7.4
7.4.1
7.4.2
7.4.3
7.5
7.5.1
7.5.2
7.5.3
7.5.4
7.5.5
7.5.6
7.5.7
7.6
7.6.1
Response Overview .................................................................................................. 42

Responsibility for Spill response................................................................................ 43
Priorities for preparing to respond to a spill ............................................................... 44
Incident Action Plans ................................................................................................. 46
Surveillance and Monitoring ...................................................................................... 46
Tracking oil movement .............................................................................................. 47
Aerial Surveillance .................................................................................................... 49
Oil Sampling .............................................................................................................. 51
Responding ............................................................................................................... 51
Preparing to Respond ............................................................................................... 51
Offshore Response Methods ..................................................................................... 53
Onshore Response Methods ..................................................................................... 55
Equipment Available for Response ........................................................................... 56
National Plan Equipment ........................................................................................... 56
WestPlan MOP.......................................................................................................... 56
AMOS Plan ............................................................................................................... 57
Affiliate Assistance .................................................................................................... 57
Central database of response equipment (MOSES).................................................. 57
Mutual Aid Agreement ............................................................................................... 57
Oil & Gas Producers Association .............................................................................. 57
Response Escalation Criteria .................................................................................... 57
ExxonMobil Role in Tier 2 or Tier 3 Response .......................................................... 58
8.
INCIDENT REPORTING .......................................................................................................... 60
9.
WILDLIFE PROTECTION AND RESCUE GUIDELINES ......................................................... 63

9.1
9.2
10.
WASTE MANAGEMENT ......................................................................................................... 64

10.1
11.
Site Safety Plan......................................................................................................... 66

Personal Protective Equipment ................................................................................. 67
TERMINATION OF RESPONSE .............................................................................................. 70

12.1
12.2
12.3
13.
Storage and Disposal of Wastes ............................................................................... 64
HEALTH AND SAFETY PLAN ................................................................................................ 66

11.1
11.2
12.
Rescue Principles ..................................................................................................... 63

Contact Details .......................................................................................................... 63
Decision to Terminate ............................................................................................... 70

Final Actions.............................................................................................................. 70
Post Spill Environmental Monitoring and Restoration ................................................ 70
REFERENCES ......................................................................................................................... 71
Page 5 of 72
JANSZ-IO DRILLING
Development
Appendices
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix C
Appendix D
Appendix E
Appendix F
Appendix G
Appendix H
Appendix I
Appendix J
Forms
EPBC Listed Matters of NES
Guideline for Characterising Slicks at Sea
Collection of Oil Samples
Dispersant Information and MSDSs
MOSES List
Functions the Incident Management Team
Incident Management Team Checklists
Shoreline Response Strategies
Oil Spill Modelling
Page 6 of 72
JANSZ-IO DRILLING
Development
ABBREVIATIONS/ DEFINITIONS
ABU
Australian Business Unit (Chevron)
ADIOS
Automated Data Inquiry for Oil Spill
AEMT
Australian Emergency Management Team (Chevron)
AIP
Australian Institute of Petroleum
AMOSC
Australian Marine Oil Spill Centre
AMOS Plan
Australian Marine Oil Spill Plan
AMSA
Australian Maritime Safety Authority
AusSAR
Australian Search and Rescue
CMT
Crisis Management Team (Chevron)
Combat agency
Agency with operational responsibility to respond to an oil spill in the marine

environment in accordance with the relevant contingency plan.
CVX
Chevron Australia Pty Ltd
DIMT
Drilling Incident Management Team
DMP
Department of Mines and Petroleum (WA)
DOT
Department of Transport (WA)
DSEWPC
Department of Sustainability, Environment, Water, People and Communities (Cth)
DWF
Deep Water Frontier
EAPL
Esso Australia Pty Ltd
EMDC
ExxonMobil Development Company
EPA
Environment Protection Authority
EPBC Act
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
ERP
Emergency Response Plan
ERR
Emergency Response Room
ESG
Emergency Support Group (ExxonMobil)
ESGL
Emergency Support Group Leader (ExxonMobil)
FC
Forward Controller
FWADC
Fixed Wing Aerial Dispersant Capability
HMA
Hazard Management Agencies (WA Department of Transport)
IC
Incident Manager
ICC
Incident Control Centre
IMT
Incident Management Team
JIUOA
Jansz-Io Unitisation and Unit Operating Agreement
JIWO
Jansz-Io Work Operator
LOR
Leader of the Operational Response
MARC
Mobil Australia Resources Company Pty. Ltd.
MARPOL
International Convention for the Prevention of Pollution from Ships
MEP
Marine Environment Pollution (AMSA)
MODU
Mobile Offshore Drilling Unit (refers to the Transocean Deep Water Frontier Drill Ship)
MOSES
Marine Oil Spill Equipment System
MSDS
Material Safety Data Sheet
Page 7 of 72
JANSZ-IO DRILLING
Development
NADF
Non Aqueous Fluid
NATPLAN
National Plan to Combat Pollution of the Sea by Oil and Other Noxious and
Hazardous Substances (January 20110)
NOPSA
National Offshore Petroleum Safety Authority
OIM
Offshore Installation Manager
OPGGSA
Offshore Petroleum and Greenhouse Gas Storage Act, 2006
OSCP
OSRICS
Oil Spill Response Incident Control System
OSTM
Oil Spill Trajectory Modelling
POLREP
Pollution Report
PPE
Personal Protective Equipment
SITREP
Situation Report
SOPEP
Shipboard Oil Pollution Emergency Plan
Statutory Agency
Has responsibility for overseeing response action for oil spills, for the institution of
prosecutions and the recovery of cleanup costs on behalf of all participating
agencies.
TO
Transocean (Operator of the Deep Water Frontier Drill Ship)
WA
Western Australia
WestPlan-MOP
Western Australian State Emergency Management Plan for Marine Oil Pollution
June 2010
Page 8 of 72
JANSZ-IO DRILLING
Development
1.
INTRODUCTION
1.1
Gorgon Project
Construction activities have commenced for the Gorgon Project which will develop gas reserves of the
Greater Gorgon Area including the Jansz-Io field.
Subsea gathering systems and subsea pipelines will be installed to deliver feed gas from the Gorgon and
JanszIo gas fields to the west coast of Barrow Island. The feed gas pipeline system will be buried as it
traverses from the west coast to the east coast of the Island where the system will tie into the Gas
Treatment Plant located at Town Point. The Gas Treatment Plant will comprise three Liquefied Natural
Gas (LNG) trains capable of producing a nominal capacity of five Million Tonnes Per Annum (MTPA) per
train.
The Gas Treatment Plant will also produce condensate and domestic gas. Carbon dioxide (CO2), which
occurs naturally in the feed gas, will be separated during the production process. The separated CO2 will
be injected into deep formations below Barrow Island. The LNG and condensate will be loaded from a
dedicated jetty offshore from Town Point and then transported by dedicated carriers to international
markets. Gas for domestic use will be exported by a pipeline from Town Point to the domestic gas
collection and distribution network on the mainland.
1.2
Proponent
Chevron Australia Pty Ltd (Chevron) is the unit operator under the Jansz-Io Unitisation and Unit Operating
Agreement (UUOA) 1 (UUOA, 2009) and operator under all other related Gorgon Project commercial
agreements. Mobil Australia Resources Company Pty Limited (referred to in this document as
ExxonMobil2) is delegated operator responsibility by the parties to the UUOA, including Chevron, for
certain Jansz-Io work activities which are described in paragraph 1.3 below..
As the Jansz-Io work operator (JIWO), ExxonMobil has the primary responsibility (as between the parties
to the UUOA), using ExxonMobil systems and procedures, to prepare and submit all necessary
documents and applications for drilling and to fulfill the requirements of all applicable legislation and
obligations of the conditional environmental approvals granted to the Gorgon Project as they apply to the
Jansz-Io development drilling activities.
Therefore, in preparing the Jansz-Io Drilling Environment Plan (EP) and this Oil Spill Contingency Plan
(OSCP), ExxonMobil as JIWO, is acting on behalf of Chevron in Chevrons capacity as:
operator of the Jansz-Io Production Licences WA-36, 39 and 40-L (in relation to Offshore
Petroleum & Greenhouse Gas Storage Act, 2009), and as
proponent of EPBC 2005/2184 (in relation to Environment Protection, Biodiversity &
Conservation Act, 1999).
Once the drilling and completion of the Phase 1 Jansz-Io wells is complete, in accordance with the
UUOA, all further operator responsibility for the Jansz-Io wells and the Jansz-Io development (including
all remaining construction, commissioning and production activities, surveillance and plug &
abandonment) will be the responsibility of Chevron.
Close coordination and alignment between ExxonMobil and Chevron will be maintained on all aspects of
the work including simultaneous operations, logistics and emergency response.
The parties to the UUOA are: Chevron Australia Pty Ltd, Chevron (TAPL) Pty Ltd, Mobil Australia Resources Pty Ltd, Shell
Development (Australia) Pty Ltd, BP Exploration (Alpha) Pty Limited, Osaka Gas Gorgon Pty Ltd, Tokyo Gas Gorgon Pty Ltd and
Chubu Electric Power Australia Pty Ltd.
The term ExxonMobil as used in this EP may also refer to Exxon Mobil Corporation, or to one of its affiliates, in addition to Mobil
Australia Resources Company Pty Limited and is used merely for convenience and simplicity.
Page 9 of 72
JANSZ-IO DRILLING
Development
1.3
Jansz-Io Work Operator Scope
ExxonMobil, as the Jansz-Io Work Operator, will undertake the activities as set out of the UUOA. In
summary, these activities consist of the Phase 1 drilling and completion of the 10 Jansz-Io development
wells and the conversion of the Jansz-4 appraisal well to a pressure monitoring well, as set out in the
Jansz-Io Field Development Plan submitted to the Joint Authority in support of the application for Jansz-Io
Production Licences.
This OSCP covers the oil spill response contingency measures which are in place in the unlikely event
that an oil spill occurs during the Jansz-Io Phase 1 drilling activities.
1.4
Aim and Objectives of Plan
1.4.1
Aim
The aim of this plan is to have in place appropriate measures to minimise the impact of oil spills should
they occur during the Jansz-Io drilling activities. These measures rely upon co-operation between all
stakeholders, familiarity with established rapid response procedures and observance of the range of
options available to response personnel, in the event of a marine oil spill incident.
This Plan is principally directed at guiding the actions of project personnel in response to an oil spill from
the Transocean Deepwater Frontier drilling rig, or from a vessel within the immediate vicinity of the rig,
during the drilling and completion of the Jansz-Io wells.
This plan defines;
priority actions to be taken in the event of a spill,
information on the influence of local meteorological and oceanographic conditions on

marine oil spills,
equipment and facilities available for containment, recovery and disposal of spilled oil,
the organisations responsible for responding to an oil spill, and
guidelines for monitoring the impact of oil spills on the environment and for subsequent
clean-up.
1.4.2
Objectives
The objectives of this document are to:
Facilitate the protection of human life and safety.

Ensure that environmental impacts are minimised.
Clearly define areas of co-operation and support between the Statutory Agencies,
Combat Agencies and the oil and gas industry funded arrangements.
Ensure a state of preparedness
Identify potential oil pollution sources.
Define procedures for reporting spills to the relevant authorities.
Define procedures for the efficient control of the spill source.
Direct the restoration of the environment, as near as is practicable, to pre-spill
conditions.
This plan will be tested via oil spill response exercises involving responsible parties.
1.5
1.5.1
Using This Document

Scope
This OSCP details the overall coordination of response to an oil spill associated with the Phase 1 JanszIo drilling campaign in the North West Shelf, Production Licences WA-36-L, WA-39-L and WA-40-L. It
includes organisational responsibilities, actions, reporting requirements, and resources available to
ensure the effective and timely management and response to an accidental oil or chemical spill resulting
from the activities of the drilling campaign. This response plan is designed to enable a response to
unexpected spills of any of the chemicals and hydrocarbons used in the normal course of operations
during the Jansz-Io drilling campaign, including fuels, lubricants, non aqueous drilling fluids and chemical
additives. Response to an unexpected release of reservoir hydrocarbons during the drilling activities is
also addressed.
Page 10 of 72
JANSZ-IO DRILLING
Development
Training exercises will be conducted to prepare responsible parties should the OSCP need to be enacted.
The information contained in this plan is intended for use as a set of guidelines for the spill responders.
Actual circumstances may vary and will dictate the procedures to be followed, some of which may not be
in this plan.
1.5.2
Document Interfaces
This plan interfaces with the following documents:
Jansz-Io Emergency Response Bridging Documentation (ExxonMobil 2011(b))

Jansz-Io Environment Plan (ExxonMobil 2011(a) )
The Transocean Deep Water Frontier Vessel Safety Case Revision (DWF SCR, 2011)
Esso Australia Pty Ltd Emergency Response Manual (ERM V7)
ExxonMobil Oil Spill Response Field Manual (ExxonMobil, 2008)
ExxonMobil Development Company Emergency Response Guide (EMDC ER)
National Plan to Combat Pollution of the sea by oil and other noxious or hazardous
substances (NATPLAN, 2011) (this plan is all encompassing as it describes the
structure and responsibility of the various jurisdictions.
This OSCP will be implemented using the proprietary ExxonMobil Operations Integrity Management
Systems (OIMS). OIMS is adopted by all ExxonMobil subsidiaries worldwide. It contains 11 Elements
each of which has globally defined corporate expectations. These are implemented through formally
designed and documented Management Systems. This provides for all the standard recognised
requirements of safety management systems, including a process for continuous assessment and
improvement and managed overall through management leadership, commitment and accountability. This
OSCP is consistent with and meets the requirements of OIMS Element 10, Community Awareness and
Emergency Preparedness.
1.5.3
Document Revisions
Review and testing of this OSCP will be undertaken regularly throughout the campaign. This will include
both desktop and live exercises involving ExxonMobil, Transocean and third party service providers. A
full programme is currently being developed but as a minimum ExxonMobil will conduct the following
exercises:
1.6
Prior to the commencement of drill operations (this may be a desktop or live exercise)
Annual desktop exercise
Following a significant change in the plan or operating conditions.
Legislative Framework
1.6.1
Regulatory Requirements
This plan meets the requirements of applicable State and Commonwealth legislation as listed below:
Offshore Petroleum and Greenhouse Gas Storage Act, 2006 (Commonwealth)

(OPGSSA);
Offshore Petroleum and Greenhouse Gas Storage (Environment) Regulations 2009
(Commonwealth)
Petroleum (Submerged Lands) Act 1982 (WA);
Guidelines made by the Department of Mines and Petroleum (DMP) as the
Designated Authority of the Commonwealth Offshore Petroleum Act, 2006 (OPA).
This plan is also based on the Incident Control System (ICS) supported by the National Plan.
1.6.2
National Plan
This plan interfaces with and is designed in accordance with the requirements and expectations of the
National Plan to Combat Pollution of the Sea by Oil and Other Noxious and Hazardous Substances
(NATPLAN). NATPLAN is administered by the Australian Maritime Safety Authority (AMSA). This is the
Page 11 of 72
JANSZ-IO DRILLING
Development
overarching plan for oil spill response activities in Australia and sets out clear definition of the
responsibilities of the major participants of the plan, being:
The Commonwealth
The States and Northern Territory
Port Authorities and Corporations and
The oil industry.

NATPLAN details such matters as division of responsibilities amongst participants, contingency planning
and access to Commonwealth equipment.
1.6.3
WestPlan-MOP
In Western Australia, the Western Australian Emergency Management Plan for Marine Oil Pollution
(commonly known as WestPlan-MOP) supports the NATPLAN. WestPlan-MOP details the arrangements
between State government agencies and industry to combat marine oil pollution within Western Australia
State Waters, within ports and on shorelines. It prescribes responsibilities and procedures, and provides a
basis for coordination of resources in responding to oil spill events.
The Western Australian Marine Safety Business Unit of the Department of Transport (DoT) is the Hazard
Management Agency (HMA) for oil spills in WA state waters as designated by the Emergency
Management Regulations 2006. DoT also has statutory responsibility to respond to spills of oil from
vessels under the Pollution of Waters By Oil and Noxious Substances Act, 1987 (POWBONS).
WestPlan-MOP is also supported by the Port and Industry Oil Spill Contingency Plans, WA.
1.6.4
Responsibility for Managing Spills
NATPLAN outlines the responsibilities for managing oil spills. The organisation responsible depends on
the location and source of the spill.
For each area of responsibility a statutory and a combat agency is nominated. These are defined as
follows:
Statutory Agency: the agency having the statutory responsibility for marine pollution incidents in
their area of jurisdiction
Combat Agency: the agency having operational responsibility in accordance with the relevant
contingency plan to take action to respond to an oil or chemical spill in the marine environment
In some cases, the statutory and combat agencies will be the same agency.
Spills within state waters are managed by the relevant State or NT (within 3NM of the coast).
The Department of Mines and Petroleum (DMP) is the nominated Statutory Agency for Western
Australia. The Department of Transport (DoT) is the nominated Hazard Management Agency (HMA) and
is thereby responsible for coordinating the State administration and operation of the WestPlan-MOP in
consultation with the State Emergency Management Committee.
Spills from Oil Industry activities
Operators of offshore exploration and production activities are responsible for responding to spills from
their facilities and pipelines. Therefore, for the Jansz-Io Drilling Campaign, ExxonMobil will be the
Combat Agency and will call on additional support from the Australian Maritime Safety Authority (AMSA)
as required. The Statutory Agency will be the Department of Mines and Petroleum (DMP).
Figure 1.1 shows the responsibilities for managing spills under NATPLAN.
Page 12 of 72
JANSZ-IO DRILLING
Development
Figure 1.1 - Responsibilities under NATPLAN
Page 13 of 72
JANSZ-IO DRILLING
Development
2.
PROJECT AREA AND ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
2.1
Location
The Jansz-Io Gas Field is located on the western flank of the Kangaroo Syncline in the offshore
Carnarvon Basin which extends from Geraldton in the south to Karratha in the north. It covers
approximately 535,000 km2 offshore and approximately 115,000 km2 onshore. The basin contains up to
15 km2 of phanerozoic, marine and fluvial, silicilastic and carbonate sediments.
The field is 70 km North West of the Gorgon Gas Field, 130 km North West of Barrow Island, 140 km east
of the Scarborough Gas Field and 250 km from Dampier, the nearest port on the coast of Western
Australia. Water depths vary from 1200 to 1400 m. Figure 2.1 shows the location of the field in relation to
the North West Australian region and other parts of the Gorgon Project.
Figure 2.1 Jansz-Io Location Map
Jansz-Io Field
2.2
Meteorological Conditions
Meteorological conditions at the Jansz-Io area are described in detail in the Jansz-Io Drilling Environment
Plan (ExxonMobil 2011(a)) and are summarised below.
2.2.1
Temperatures
The Bureau of Meteorology (BOM, 2007) records for Barrow Island which is approximately 147 km from
the Jansz-Io wells show that mean daily maximum summer temperatures range from 33C to 35C with
the highest maximum temperature recorded 45C. Mean daily maximum winter temperatures ranges from
25C to 26C. Offshore temperatures in the permit area are likely to be less extreme.
Mean monthly rainfall ranges from 12 mm to 55 mm in summer with the highest mean monthly rainfall of
65 mm occurring in June. The highest daily rainfall of 193 mm was recorded in the month of December
and almost certainly was a cyclonic storm.
2.2.2
Seawater Temperature
The seawater in the Jansz-Io area is strongly thermally stratified throughout the year and has a
permanent and extensive thermal gradient that is the highest from around the 100-220m depth, but will
Page 14 of 72
JANSZ-IO DRILLING
Development
continue to persist too as deep as 500m. The near-surface seawater will attain a maximum temperature
of 30 31C by late summer (February April) and cooling to a minimum 22 23C by late winter
(August October). The temperature difference between surface and the bottom is approximately 27C
in the summer and 19C in the winter. The seafloor water temperature will remain fairly constant
throughout the year at 4 C.
2.2.3
Tides
Astronomical tides on the NWS are semidiurnal and generally quite large, ranging from 0.95 m near
Exmouth to more than 3 m on the inner shelf near Broome. Maximum spring tide amplitudes range from
just over 2 m at Exmouth, 2.5 m at Onslow, 4.5 m at Dampier to nearly 6 m at Port Hedland. The increase
in tidal amplitude from south to north is most marked north of the Montebello Islands, where the width of
the continental shelf increases significantly (Heyward, et al 2000).
2.2.4
Winds and Waves
The climate is monsoonal with seasonal winds primarily from the south-southwest during the summer and
transitional spring months and is rarely from the north-west or north. During winter, the winds typically
prevail from the easterly and south-easterly direction and remain rare from the north-west or north. During
the transitional autumn and spring month, the winds swing between the summer and winter patterns and
southerly winds are quite common. Figure 3.6 shows the monthly distribution of wind direction as derived
from the nearest data location (coordinates 20 S, 115 E) sourced from the National Centre for
Environmental Predictions (NCEP).
Of the five significant storm types which occur in the area (tropical cyclones, monsoonal surge, squalls,
trade wind surge and tornadoes), tropical cyclones are clearly the most important for extreme wind design
criteria (except for deeper layer currents which are dominated by tidal forces). Tropical cyclones originate
from south of the equator in the eastern Indian Ocean, and in the Timor/ Arafura Seas during the summer
months of November to May. Historical analysis indicates that on average about 1.4 cyclones should
pass within 200km and about 4.9 cyclones pass within 1000km of the Jansz site each year. Tables 4.1 to
4.6 provide wind, wave and current data from a study on metocean conditions for the Jansz 2 and 3 wells
(EMURC, 2011)
2.3
Environmental Sensitivities
The Jansz-Io Environment Plan (EP) contains detail of the environmental considerations and
management of the risks from the drilling activities in the Jansz-Io region (ExxonMobil 2011(a))
In the unlikely event of a major oil spill, consideration is given to a greater area of risk. The North West
Shelf region of Australia is divided into bioregions the most relevant of which to this drilling campaign are
the Pilbara and Carnarvon bioregions covering the coastline and islands from Shark Bay to Exmouth and
further north to Port Hedland. The high marine biodiversity and recreational values of the area are
recognised at a national and international level (DCLM, 2006).
The coast of this region generally has low relief with gently sloping beaches, numerous headlands and
many offshore islands. The inner, near-shore marine waters of the region are relatively turbid, being
subject to disturbance from strong tidal flows and to episodic runoff from adjacent rivers. The mid to outer
continental shelf waters are generally clear.
2.3.1
Mangroves
Mangroves are conspicuous and extensive in association with muddy substrates. They form wide forests
in some parts of the mainland shore, and small but sometimes complex mangroves are found in bays,
and on the sheltered shores of many offshore islands. There are few places in the world where
mangroves occur in arid conditions. For this region, the mangroves are of great scientific importance. The
whole mangrove system of the region is considered important in order to maintain nutrient cycles and
productivity of the coastal zone. Mangroves are sensitive to hydrocarbons and which can have significant
effects even at low concentrations. The organisms which breed in the mangroves are equally affected.
The hydrocarbons can persist in the muddy soils for extensive periods where the lack of oxygen can
delay the degradation process.
2.3.2
Intertidal Flats
Extensive intertidal flats usually back fringing mangroves. Besides their rich and diverse faunas of
burrowing invertebrates and their use as feeding areas for migratory birds, these intertidal flats are
strongly linked to the functioning of the mangrove ecosystems.
Page 15 of 72
JANSZ-IO DRILLING
Development
2.3.3
Rocky Shores
In the central Pilbara, particularly the Dampier Archipelago, many shores are dominated by igneous
rocks. Limestone shores are to be found in some places on the mainland coast, but more often on the
coastal islands. The sloping, intertidal zone of these hard substrate coasts is dominated by the growth of
rock oysters and associated fauna. Horizontal rock pavements are usually covered with algal growth and
support diverse invertebrate faunas. The front edges of the rock platforms may bear coral growth and in
many cases there is extensive coral reef development in the sub-littoral zone. Due to clear water and
moderate wave action, the floral and faunal composition and community structure of rock platforms on the
offshore islands (such as Barrow, the Montebellos, the Muirons and the outer islands of the Dampier
Archipelago) differ significantly to those of the inner islands and mainland shores, where waters are more
turbid.
2.3.4
Coral Reefs
Coral reefs of the region include offshore coral banks and platform reefs of the West Pilbara, and
extensive fringing reefs, such as those of the Dampier Archipelago, the Montebellos, the Muirons and
other offshore islands. In addition, a wide variety of turbidity-adapted coral communities are found in
inshore (DEC, 2002). The Ningaloo reef is an extensive fringing barrier reef system, extending
approximately 300 km southward from the tip of North West Cape to Quobba and hosts very diverse coral
and fish communities. The Ningaloo Reef is managed as a Marine Reserve, corals spawn in the region
peaking between March and April and usually occurs over 710 nights after the full moon. Some
spawning also occurs in October and November. Corals are most susceptible to oil spills during spawning
where coral eggs would come into direct contact with any hydrocarbons on the surface. Inshore corals in
intertidal regions are also more susceptible to direct contact if hydrocarbons reach the shoreline.
2.3.5
Seagrass Meadows and Algal Beds
Tropical seagrass meadows may occur in the shallows, in lagoons, mangrove swamps and around
islands, but are not as extensive as off the west and south coasts of the State. Seagrass and algal beds
are an important element of the regions ecosystems and they support diverse fauna including
herbivorous fishes, turtles and dugongs.
2.3.6
Marine Flora and Fauna
Although many of the marine species occurring on the North West Shelf are widespread across the IndoWest Pacific region, there is still a significant degree of local endemicity. The fish, invertebrate and marine
plant communities of the near-shore reefs, banks and tidal flats differ in composition from those of the
shelf-edge atolls and offshore islands. These differences between inner and outer shelf biota are largely
due to the very different habitats provided by the turbid waters inshore and the clear oceanic conditions
offshore. The fauna and their respective habitats which would be most sensitive to oil spills in the region
are:
2.3.7
Wading Birds
A number of wading birds use the region to roost and feed in the intertidal mudflats. Sea birds have a
high risk of contact to spilled oil due to the amount of time they spend on or near the surface of the sea
and on oil affected foreshores. Sea birds may also come in contact with spilled oil while searching for
food, since several species of fish are able to survive beneath floating oil. When birds become oiled the
thermal properties of their feathers are affected. The birds buoyancy is also affected. Birds will try and
remove the oil by preening themselves causing ingestion of toxic compounds which may have lethal or
sublethal effects depending on the composition of the oil. Non wading birds can also be affected but are
at less risk than wading birds. Barrow Island and the Exmouth Mangroves are listed as being Important
Bird Areas supporting significant bird communities (IBA, 2005).
Two endangered bird species listed in the EPBC Protected Matters database may occur in the region
(SEWPAC 2011(b)) (see Section 2.3.11). The Tristan Albatross does not have any known nesting sights
in Australia and there has been only one definitive record of the Tristan Albatross from Australian waters;
off the east coast of Australia near Wollongong. As the Tristan Albatross is an oceanic, pelagic feeder it
may occur in the region.
The Southern Giant Petrel has known nesting sites in the antarctic and subantarctic Islands of Australia,
predominantly Macquarie, Heard and McDonald Islands. It is an opportunistic scavenger and predator
and will seize food off the surface of the water as well as scavenge on shorelines. The Southern Giant
Petrel remains in the Antarctic regions during the summer period however during the winter months
disperses more widely up to at the Tropic of Capricorn (23 deg south)(SEWPAC 2011(c)). The Southern
Giant Petrel may occur in the region during the winter period.
Page 16 of 72
JANSZ-IO DRILLING
Development
2.3.8
Turtles
Based on a search of the Department of Sustainability, Environment, Water, Population and Communities
(SEWPAC) EPBC Act Online Protected Matters Database (SEWPAC, 2011), five species of marine
turtles or their respective habitats may occur in the region of the Jansz-Io drilling. These are as follows:
Scientific Name
Dermochelys coriacea
Chelonia mydas
Natator depressus
Eretmochelys imbricate
Caretta caretta
Common Name
Leatherback (or Leathery) turtle
Green turtle
Flat-back turtle
Hawksbill Turtle
Loggerhead Turtle
Under the EPBC Act the Leatherback and Loggerhead are listed as endangered and the Green, Flat-back
and Hawksbill turtles are listed as vulnerable (Also refer Section 2.3.11). All these turtle species are listed
as migratory species under the EPBC Act and also under the Convention of Migratory Species (CMS)
(Bonn Convention) with the exception of the Flatback turtle.
Apart from when turtles are nesting and are ashore, turtles are oceanic. Nesting is generally confined to
specific nesting sites. On the north-west shelf region of Western Australia nesting (depending on species)
generally occurs from September to April (Pendoley, 2005). The nearest marine turtle nesting ground to
the Jansz-Io drilling area is on the west coast of Barrow Island, approximately 140km from the nearest
drill centre. Nesting of turtles also occurs on other islands in the region and along the mainland coast from
the Kimberly Coast through to Shark Bay in the south. All the turtle species shown above have known
nesting sites in Western Australia except for the Leatherback turtle. Leatherback turtle nesting is known to
have occurred in the Northern Territory.
The green turtles are herbivores, feeding on macro-algae and seagrass beds in shallow waters. Flat-back
turtles are carnivorous, foraging often around coral reefs. Loggerhead Turtles are also carnivorous,
feeding primarily on benthic invertebrates in habitat ranging from near-shore to 55 m.
The Leatherback is the most pelagic of all the marine turtles and mostly feeds on gelatinous organisms
such as jellyfish.
Marine turtle nesting beaches occur through the region and in particular on the islands. If oil presents on
beaches turtles are vulnerable during the breeding season. Although little is known about the effects of oil
on turtles, problems could occur on nesting beaches through absorption, ingestion and general oiling.
Marine turtles are of general concern due to the decrease in worldwide population numbers.
2.3.9
Cetaceans
Dugongs occur in the region particularly in the shallow waters of the Rowley Shelf. Dugongs are fully
herbivorous and feed on sea grass beds in shallow waters. Therefore their habitats are low energy
inshore regions of coastline that support seagrasses. As dugongs surface to breathe it is thought that oil
that is on the surface of the water can foul the airways, sensory hair and eyes. Toxicity could also occur
through ingestion.
The Humpback whale is the most common whale which migrates through the region, often using the calm
waters of the Exmouth Gulf as resting grounds. Whales and other cetaceans face similar threats from oil
as dugongs. However like the dugongs, there is little documented evidence of oil impact on whales due to
their highly migratory nature. The way a cetacean consumes its food affects the likelihood of its ingesting
oil. For example, baleen whales, which skim the surface, are more likely to ingest oil than gulp feeders or
toothed whales such as dolphins (AMSA, 2011). The Blue Whale and Southern Right Whale, due to their
migratory nature, may occur in the region (SEWPAC 2011(b)). Both these are listed as endangered in the
EPBC Protected Matters database (see Section 2.3.11).
2.3.10
Exmouth Gulf
Exmouth Gulf is the largest embayment in the region. The waters of the Gulf are generally turbid. Its
eastern and southern shores are dominated by mangroves and mudflat habitats of great importance for
nature conservation and for sustaining local fisheries. A range of mangrove species and mangroves
assemblages are present in the Gulf. Extensive seagrass beds may be found in shallow waters of the
Gulf, which provide feeding habitat for turtles and dugongs. The shores and near-shore habitats of the
western side of the Gulf are quite different to those of the east.
Page 17 of 72
JANSZ-IO DRILLING
Development
2.3.11
Matters of National Environment Significance
Matters of national environment significance (NES) listed under the Environment Protection and
Biodiversity Conservation Act (EPBC) occur in the region. The full list of relevant species are shown in
Appendix B, those which are endangered and may occur in the region are shown in Table 2.1 below, All
these species, except for the birds, are also listed as migratory (SEWPAC, 2011).
Category
Species
Common Name
Birds
Diomedea exulans exulans
Tristan Albatross
Macronectes giganteus
Southern Giant-Petrel
Migratory
Balaenoptera musculus
Blue Whale
Cetaceans
Eubalaena australis
Southern Right Whale
Reptiles
Caretta caretta
Loggerhead Turtle
Leatherback Turtle
Table 2.1: Listed Endangered Species from the Matters of National Environmental Significance
database (SEWPAC, 2011)
2.3.12
Heritage places
Two places in the region are listed as National Heritage Places under the EPBC Act. These are the
Ningaloo Coast (over 330km from the Jansz-Io area) and Shark Bay (over 700km from the Jansz-Io
area). Both these regions are significant tourist precincts. Shark Bay is also listed as a World Heritage site
and Ningaloo has also just been accepted as a World Heritage site. Barrow Island and the MontebelloBarrow (more than 130 km to the south-east) have been nominated as National Heritage places and are
currently Class A Nature reserves.
2.3.13
Additional Information on sensitive areas
Sensitive marine and coastal areas identified by various agencies are described in the GIS based Oil Spill
Response Atlas (OSRA) maintained by the WA Department of Transport (DoT).
OSRA identifies marine and foreshore ecosystems and biological resources for the determination of
protection priorities and provides information on response options including:
boom deployment
chemical dispersant use
foreshore cleanup techniques to be employed
disposal sites for wastes generated.
Access to OSRA and its tools is via the State/NT ESC, State/NT OSRA Coordinator or State/NT Chair.
AMSA has holdings of the data for emergency purposes.
The Department of Sustainability, Environment, Water, People and Communities (SEWPAC) can advise
on potential impacts of oil spills on threatened marine and migratory species, such as seabirds, seals,
marine turtles, whales and dolphins.
2.4
Hazard Identification and Risk Assessment
An assessment of all potential releases (including controlled and uncontrolled hydrocarbon, chemical and
mud releases) was conducted in the Environmental Hazard Identification and Risk Assessment (HAZID)
conducted for the Jansz-Io drilling campaign (as attached to the Environment Plan, ExxonMobil 2011(a)).
The assessment found that in all potential spill scenarios, the residual risk to the environment was
assessed to be as low as reasonably practicable (ALARP). The Environment Plan discusses these
hazards in more detail. Releases to sea are most likely to occur (if at all) during bulk transfer operations
from the supply vessel to the rig.
Page 18 of 72
JANSZ-IO DRILLING
Development
Chemicals
All chemicals to be used for the campaign will be transported to the rig in either drums (for liquids) or bags
(for solids). These will be transported on pallets within sea containers which are certified (DNV or
equivalent) for sea transport and lifting. The containers will be lifted and transferred across from the
support vessel to the DWF. If dropped in the sea, the container would sink and be retrieved. If the integrity
of the container was compromised it is unlikely that more than one or two drums would be damaged and
contents discharged. Under such circumstances the discharged substance would quickly disperse given
the water depth and open ocean conditions. In this situation spill response would be minimal, and would
likely involve monitoring and possibly (although unlikely) physical break up to aid dispersion if any of the
substance remained on the surface.
If the sea container were dropped on either the support vessel or DWF during transfer operations any
spillage would be contained on the vessel.
ExxonMobil assesses that the probability of such an event is deemed to be very low (dropping the
container + loss of integrity + release to environment).
Non Aqueous Drilling Fluid
Non aqueous drilling fluid (NADF) is a low-toxicity non-aqueous fluid required to maintain borehole
stability while drilling all intervals below 20 inch surface casing. The Transocean Deep Water Frontier
(DWF) Mobile Offshore Drilling Unit (MODU) will be equipped to properly process and handle the NADF
and discharge of the cuttings will be in accordance with Australian government regulations and
ExxonMobil Development Company (EMDC) worldwide practices.
The NADF consists of base oil and other additives (e.g. brine, emulsifiers, viscosifiers, weighting agents).
The mixing ratio and concentration of all these products is dynamic. The NADF properties are monitored
and modified accordingly to maintain desired specifications to achieve a safe and efficient operation.
The Jansz-Io program will use Saraline 185V as the base fluid (CHARM rated D) as has previously been
accepted for use in Western Australia. Saraline 185V will be mixed with various additives until the mud
reaches the specification required. Generally a mix consists of approximately 60% base fluid and 40%
additives. Approximately 3.6% (volume by volume) of this whole NADF is made up of the chemicals which
do not have an OCNS/CHARM rating. The remaining components, making up approximately 96% of the
whole NADF, all have a low toxicity OCNS/CHARM rating (refer to Environment Plan for additional
information). Additional mixing of the NADF to the desired consistency occurs on the rig. NADF
(predominantly Saraline 185V and approximately 96% CHARM rated Gold or Silver OCNS D or E) is
transferred in bulk, the chemical additives are transferred in drums or bags as described in the section
above.
Transfer of bulk NADF will be conducted by hose from the supply vessel to the DWF. Bulk transfers to the
rig are undertaken using strict procedures which include the following controls:
Daylight transfers (night transfers by exception and under strict additional controls)
Suitable weather conditions
Observers to watch for failures
Dry break couplings
Automated shut off pumps
The volume being transferred is measured and monitored from the pump room where any loss
will result in a corresponding loss of pressure. The engineer would see the loss of pressure and
instruct pumps to be stopped.
Given these controls measures, if a failure occurred during transfer operations the likely volume of liquid
lost would equate to that of the hose volume (estimated at 445L (2.8 bbls) for a 55m (180 ft) hose).
As described in the Environment Plan, Saraline 185V has a CHARM rating of D due to its low toxicity. If
Saraline 185V was hypothetically released, any components remaining on the surface would form a
sheen and rapidly evaporate.
NADF usage for the Jansz-Io drilling campaign has a range of controls associated with it from the
selection of low toxicity, CHARM/OCNS rated constituents where available, engineered preventative
measures (equipment) and strict procedures on cuttings management, waste management and transfer
operations. Due to the remote location of the drilling activity, water depth and open ocean sea conditions
Page 19 of 72
JANSZ-IO DRILLING
Development
the likely response to a spill would be to monitor and possibly physically breakup any sheen that
remained on the water surface to facilitate evaporation and dissipation. It is unlikely that any other type of
response would be warranted. There are no sensitive environments in the immediate area that would
need protecting. The risk of spilling NADF is considered to low risk given the number of controls in place.
2.5
Hydrocarbons
Reservoir Hydrocarbons
In considering the fate of spilled hydrocarbon, the characteristics of the hydrocarbon must be understood
to understand how it is likely to react in the environment. Non- persistent hydrocarbons disappear rapidly
from the water surface whereas persistent hydrocarbons dissipate more slowly.
The presence and composition of hydrocarbons in the Jansz-Io field has been assessed during the
drilling of Jansz-1, 2 & 3 & 4 and Io 1 & 2. Jansz-Io hydrocarbon is primarily gas with less than 0.0001%
liquid component (gas to oil ratio (m3:m3) of 35,213:1) of condensate. The hydrocarbon expected to be
encountered during the Jansz-Io drilling campaign is expected to be of the same composition.
Hydrocarbons used in operations
In addition to the chemicals and NADF discussed above, the following hydrocarbons are used during the
normal course of drilling operations:
Jet Fuel
Utility / hydraulic oils
Diesel
Diesel is the only one of these hydrocarbons which is transferred in bulk from the supply vessel to the rig
and presents a relatively higher risk of spill on the Jansz-Io drilling campaign (although still assessed to
be low risk).
Table 2.2 provides additional information on the properties of reservoir and operational hydrocarbons
which determine the likely behaviour of the product should a spill occur.
In the unlikely event that an uncontrolled release of condensate or diesel occurs, it is important to
understand the properties and fate of the hydrocarbon. Condensate and diesel releases are discussed in
detail in Section 3.
Page 20 of 72
JANSZ-IO DRILLING
Development
Table 2.2: Description of reservoir and operational use hydrocarbons

Oil Type
Condensate
Jet Fuel
Utility / hydraulic oils
Diesel
Description
Primary data collected in offset wells indicates that fresh/ unweathered condensate
has a low pour point (-54 C) and a density relatively lower than light crude oil (API
47.7).
Approximately 38% of the oil by mass can be classed as low volatility and 12%
classed as non-volatile at local ambient temperatures.
Weathering predictions under prevailing conditions using (worst-case) sea-water

temperatures indicate that condensate spilled onto the water surface would undergo
a steady rate of evaporation over a number of days, which would then slow and
cease with approximately 12% of the oil mass remaining as a residue. Under light
winds (5 knots), total loss of all volatiles is expected to take about 48 hours.
Condensate is volatile and contains a number of toxic components and modelling

suggests that these aromatic hydrocarbons can persist in the environment to
potentially cause damage to flora and fauna.
Jet fuel is a kerosene derivative. It is lighter than diesel with a usual flash point of
+38.
Jet A1 liquid will spread into a sheen, evaporate and degrade rapidly. There should
be no emulsion. The liquid evaporates quickly and can ignite leading to a flash fire, or
an explosion in a confined space.
Jet A1 contains some middle distillates which have the potential to cause
environmental harm.
There will be some utility / hydraulic oils which will either be transported via vessel or
in the case of hydraulic oil will be contained within control lines for well control. The
oils are usually relatively viscous and not easily assimilated by the environment.
Expect limited spread and minimal loss through evaporation and natural dispersion.
The action of mixing energy is likely to produce a frothy emulsion.
Utility oils present little danger to aquatic life but experiments have shown that
ingestions of large amounts (e.g. by turtles) may cause abdominal pain and
diarrhoea.
Diesel will be used as the main fuel source on the Deepwater Frontier and
also for the supply vessels
A mixture of volatile and semi-volatile hydrocarbons and would spread
rapidly and form a very thin slick if spilled at sea. The evaporation times are
rapid and 40-50% of the mass predicted to evaporate within a day. The rate
of evaporation of the semi-volatile components is dependant on weather
conditions (APASA, 2011).
Due to its toxic component, diesel still has the potential to cause
environmental harm but is less persistent than other marine grade fuel oils
Properties
Viscosity (cP)
11.5
Flash Point (deg C)
37
0.829
464
Density (kg/m )
Boiling point ( C)
Page 21 of 72
JANSZ-IO DRILLING
Development
3.
RESULTS OF SPILL TRAJECTORY MODELLING FOR SPECIFIC SCENARIOS
APASA was commissioned to conduct spill trajectory modelling for spills from the Jansz-Io region to allow
a better understanding of the probable fate of an oil spill under certain conditions and to enable
appropriate response planning to take place [refer to Appendix J].
3.1
Surface Spills
Two hypothetical spill scenarios: 500 Tonnes of diesel fuel oil (2 hours duration) and 1,000 Tonnes of
light crude oil (12 hours duration) were modelled in 2005.
Estimates of risk were calculated for two major wind seasons, summer and winter. The modelling study
indicated a very low risk of exposure to any shorelines or emergent reefs within the region during either
season. None of the simulated spills approached within 60 km of landfall under summer winds, or within
100 km under winter winds. There was a large difference in the direction that slicks were expected to drift
between the seasons. Under summer winds, slicks are most likely to drift to the northeast. Under winter
winds, slicks are most likely to drift to the west. Neither of these major drift axes is towards landfall
(APASA, 2005).
In April 2011, additional quantitative hydrocarbon spill risk modelling was conducted by APASA for the
worst case scenarios perceived for the Jansz-Io drilling operations. The modelling used a three
dimensional spill trajectory and weathering model (SIMAP) which is designed to simulate the transport,
spreading and weathering of specific hydrocarbons under specific meteorological and oceanographic
conditions. Two separate scenarios were modelled:
1.
An 80,000 L spill of marine diesel, over 2 hours, onto the sea surface, representative of a
refuelling incident;
2.
A 250,000 L spill of marine diesel, over 2 hours, onto the sea surface, representative of the
largest possible storage tank rupture (largest tank in this drilling campaign);
These spill scenarios involved the release of hydrocarbon or diesel onto the water surface, forming
surface slicks that immediately become subject to spreading and atmospheric weathering. These surface
spill scenarios can be compared to the 2005 modelling that was conducted. For simulations of the 80,000
L and 250,000 L diesel spills indicated very low probabilities (< 1%) of surface or entrained diesel > 0.15
g/m2 arriving at any adjacent shorelines during any seasons.
3.2
Subsea Blowout
The modelling conducted in 2011 also included a third scenario:
An uncontrolled subsea blowout, persisting for 11 weeks, releasing a mixture of gas and
condensate, with the condensate discharge rate at 3,515 bbl/day (558,885 L/d). This equates to
a total discharge of condensate over the 11 weeks of 270,655 bbl (43,034,145 L).
Subsea blowouts result in the break-up of oil into droplets, which remain entrained in the water column
until they surface. If and when droplets reach the surface is strongly dependent on the size distribution of
the oil droplets (which affects their surface to volume ratio) and their density relative to the density of the
water column at vertical layers towards the surface.
The modelling indicated that the discharge would generate small droplets, with a size range of
approximately 10 to 50m which would have slow surfacing rates with the potential for a high percentage
(>90%) being trapped in the water column on reaching uniform density layers. Sensitivity testing on these
predictions indicated that droplet sizes one order of magnitude (i.e. 10 x) larger would result in a
significantly faster surfacing time and a much reduced proportion (<50%) being entrained
The modelling study shows that large scale offshore drift currents have a large influence on the trajectory
of surface films and will control the trajectory of oil that is entrained beneath the water surface.
Interactions with offshore eddies and prevailing winds add additional variation in the trajectory.
In the case of the 11 week seabed blowout scenarios, the assumed discharge conditions are expected to
result in the break-up of condensate into small droplets (~ 10 to 50m range) that are expected to take an
extended time to rise to the surface. During this time, the droplets may become trapped by dense layers
Page 22 of 72
JANSZ-IO DRILLING
Development
in the water column. Under these circumstances, a small proportion of the released oil would reach the
surface and result in isolated patches of relatively thin sheen.
Sensitivity testing for the size of the droplets indicated that droplets one order of magnitude larger would
result in a significant increase in the surfacing rate, and in turn, the proportion that will evaporate from the
surface. Additionally, marked variation in the prevailing drift current and wind conditions would be
expected over the 11 week duration of the release, increasing the spread of condensate during any single
event.
Based on these conditions, stochastic simulation of the 11 week subsea blowout indicated low
probabilities (< 1%) of surface condensate > 0.15 g/m arriving at any of the surrounding shorelines
during any season.
Entrained condensate does, however, have the potential to drift long distances with the offshore drift
currents, with the highest probability of affecting waters close to shorelines immediately to the south-west
in summer, autumn and winter.
The modelled estimates of entrained oil drifting towards the shoreline vary with the season and with the
threshold concentration levels used. At conservative concentrations of >10ppb (at least short-term 1 hour
minimum) and in the season where drift currents are most likely to migrate the entrained oil to shore
(Autumn) the sections of coastline around the North West Cape are indicated to have a moderately high
probability (up to 50%) of being affected. In the same season but using a higher threshold level of
>200ppb, the probability drops to 10-20%. During the spring when migration to shore is least likely the
probabilities for reaching these shorelines are 2% for the >10ppb threshold and <1% for the >200ppb
threshold.
The minimum period of time for the entrained oil to reach the shoreline in autumn (the mostly likely
season for migration to shore) at any concentration (even less than 10ppb) is estimated at 74 days. This
is indicative of the response time that would be available for shoreline protection measures to be put in
place
The thresholds for contact used in this study are indicative only and do not imply impact will occur.
Definitive thresholds for impact would need to be based on tests of the sensitivity of organisms occupying
the adjacent habitats with the specific condensate mixture, after weathering under realistic conditions.
One implication of the relatively small size of condensate droplets that are indicated by this study is that
the dissolution of soluble compounds from the condensate should be relatively rapid, with the highest
dissolution rates occurring initially, associated with the turbulent plume (French 2000). The more volatile
and toxic, aromatic compounds would undergo dissolution leaving the remaining volumes of entrained oil
to be composed of, less volatile, longer carbon chain alkanes (Neff et al. 2000). In addition, the relatively
long durations that were indicated for oil to drift onto shorelines (75 days or more) from the blowout
scenario indicates that some level of bio-degradation would occur, which would also target the more
volatile, more toxic shorter-chained hydrocarbons (ASA, 2011). The level of biodegradation would also
depend on the composition of the oil where non persistent oils (such as condensate) will degrade at a
much faster rate than persistent oils. The impact is that the remaining entrained oil is less toxic and less
biologically available if it reaches the shoreline (Camilli et al. 2010)
The modelling also indicated that the condensate, which has a low viscosity, would tend to spread rapidly
at the surface. This implies that entrained oil that surfaces at a long distance from the discharge source
would tend to present as thin patches of sheen. The low residual (i.e. non evaporative) component in the
fresh oil (0.5%) indicates that this oil sheen should also evaporate rapidly (within hours) when eventually
exposed to the atmosphere, so that significant accumulation on shorelines is unlikely, if the sheens do
drift onto a shoreline.
Page 23 of 72
JANSZ-IO DRILLING
Development
4.
RESPONSE TEAMS AND PREPAREDNESS
4.1
Response Priorities
ExxonMobil will consider the response priorities as defined in the WestPlan-MOP and NATPLAN, which
are:
4.2
Human safety
Habitat and cultural resources
Rare and/or endangered species
Commercial resources
Recreational and amenity areas
Restoration of the environment, as near as practicable, to pre-spill conditions
Response Team Structure and Responsibilities
4.2.1
Company Response Teams Roles and Responsibilities
ExxonMobil has the responsibility for assuming the role of the combat agency should a spill occurs during
the Jansz-Io Drilling campaign. The emergency management structure for the Jansz-Io Drilling is
described within the Jansz-Io Emergency Response Plan [ExxonMobil 2011(b)]. As Transocean
Deepwater Frontier MODU will be conducting the drilling activities, the Jansz-Io ERP necessarily
describes the combined ExxonMobil and Transocean resources for responding to emergencies, including
oil spills. Chevron, as operator of the Gorgon Project on behalf of the Gorgon Joint Venture Partners is
also a stakeholder in the Jansz-Io Drilling activities and will assist in response efforts if required as
described in the Jansz-Io ERP. In summary the Emergency Response framework for the Jansz-Io drilling
campaign is shown in Figure 4.1.
The underlining strategies of the framework for all emergencies, including safety environmental and
technical emergencies are:
All emergencies on or around the DWF will be under the control of the Transocean Vessel
Master per the processes described in the DWF Safety Case, the Transocean DWF ERM
and the Jansz-Io ERP.
ExxonMobil Australia Drill Team (Melbourne Based) provides well site and operational
support for the MODU
Where additional resources, beyond the capability of the DWF, are required to manage the
incident ExxonMobil will provide additional support by:
o Leveraging off existing ExxonMobil Australia response teams
o
Engaging as needed Chevron's emergency response organisation and capabilities based

on staged engagement and tied to need and potential impact to the Gorgon Project
The ExxonMobil production affiliate based in Melbourne forms the Emergency Support Group (ESG) and
takes the lead in responding to the spill, has AMOSC trained oil spill responders which would be called
out as needed. Beyond the Australian based trained personnel ExxonMobil would call upon the other
resources it has available to it (AMOSC/ OSRL/ RRT etc) for trained oil spill responders.
Beyond the trained oil spill responders, ExxonMobil has available trained, rostered, designated
emergency response personnel which can be called out at any time and extensive resources to provide
support for an emergency response, including oil spill response (these resources support the Victorian
and PNG ExxonMobil operated project/facilities). Resources would be mobilised from other affiliates as
needed.
As Gorgon Operator, Chevron would also be called upon to provide assistance.
Page 24 of 72
JANSZ-IO DRILLING
Figure 4.1 Jansz-Io Emergency Response Framework
Page 25 of 72
Development
JANSZ-IO DRILLING
Development
The primary roles of each emergency management team described in Figure 4.1 are summarised in the
tables below.
Table 4.1:
Emergency Response Teams and Roles
Organisation
Abbreviation
Definition / Role in an Emergency
Transocean Deepwater
Frontier
Emergency Squad
DWF ES
Transocean is the Operator of the Deepwater Frontier (the

Facility per the OPGGSA). Has the primary responsibility
to respond to all emergencies on or involving the facility.
Retains control of all activities on the DWF at all times,
including all emergencies. Comprised of DWF crew trained
in emergency response
Transocean Emergency
Response Team
TO ERT
Activated when an incident occurs on the Deepwater

Frontier.
Comprised of Transocean management team, including the
Rig Manager
Provides support and oversight to the DWF and makes
requests to ExxonMobil for additional support to manage
the emergency on behalf of the DWF.
Provides information to the ExxonMobil DIMT or ESG for
the response
ExxonMobil Drilling Incident

Management Team
DIMT
Activated when an emergency occurs on the Deepwater

Frontier.
Emergency management team with the responsibility for
supporting a response and organising additional resources
as
requested
by
Transocean.
Fulfills
internal
communication requirements for ExxonMobil Development
Company.
Provides technical engineering/ planning support to the
response.
ExxonMobil Emergency
Support Group
ESG
Activated by the DIMT when additional support is required

Emergency team with the overall responsibility for
managing the additional support required by TO to manage
the response to a Level 2/3 incident. Provides emergency
management support including external communications to
media and regulators. Functions include Public &
Government Affairs, Legal and other support functions
Coordinates additional support through CVX on behalf of
TO and mobilizes additional EM resources from outside the
region.
Perth based sub group to the Melbourne based ESG will
provide local Gorgon Project knowledge and support to the
ESG
Chevron Barrow Island

Security Operations Centre
CVX
SOC
Chevron Asset Emergency

Management Team
CVX AEMT
As Gorgon Operators (Chevron) principal emergency

response team, provides support to ExxonMobil (in
supporting TO) via the ESG .
Has the ability to provide additional resources (from the
Gorgon Project) in support of the emergency response
Chevron Crisis
Management Team
CVX CMT
Chevrons emergency management team which provides

strategic support to the ExxonMobil ESG via the CVX
AEMT
Comprised of Chevron personnel from senior management
trained in emergency response
BWI
Has authority to dispatch aircraft resources for medical

evacuations (helicopters and fixed wing aircraft) and SAR
Page 26 of 72
JANSZ-IO DRILLING
Development
4.3
Statutory responsibilities
NATPLAN outlines the responsibilities for managing oil spills as described in Section 1.6.4.
organisation responsible depends on the location and source of the spill.
The
For each area of responsibility a statutory and a combat agency is nominated. These are defined as
follows:
Statutory Agency: the agency having the statutory responsibility for marine pollution
incidents in their area of jurisdiction
Combat Agency: the agency having operational responsibility in accordance with the
relevant contingency plan to take action to respond to an oil or chemical spill in the marine
environment
In some cases, the statutory and combat agencies will be the same agency.
Spills that may threaten state waters are generally managed by the relevant State or Territory (within 3NM
of the Territorial Sea baseline).
The Department of Mines and Petroleum (DMP) is the nominated Statutory Agency for Western
Australia.
The WA Department of Transport (DoT), Marine Safety, is the Hazard Management Agency (HMA) for
marine oil pollution emergencies and is thereby responsible for coordinating the State administration and
operation of the WestPlan-MOP in consultation with the State Emergency Management Committee. DoT
will appoint an Incident Controller to manage (in terms of planning, leading, organising and controlling)
response and recovery operations to oil spills that occur in all Western Australian waters with the
exception of Port Authority waters. Port Authorities have statutory responsibility to respond to oil spills
within port waters and will appoint the Incident Controller accordingly. The Dampier Port Authority is the
Regional First Response Agency for the Pilbara West district.
The WA State Response Team (SRT) is comprised of officers from a variety of agencies, organisations
and authorities. It is capable of rapid deployment to any spill site in support of the Incident Controller (IC).
The NW Regional Response Team (RRT) has been developed in the Pilbara region of WA to complement
and enhance the SRT arrangements.
Spills from Oil Industry activities
The Statutory Agency for oil spills from offshore petroleum operations is the relevant Designated
Authority. For the Jansz-Io Drilling Campaign the Statutory Agency will be the Department of Mines and
Petroleum (DMP).
Operators of offshore exploration and production activities are responsible for responding to spills from
their facilities and pipelines. Therefore, for the Jansz-Io Drilling Campaign, ExxonMobil will be the
Combat Agency and will call on additional support from the Australian Maritime Safety Authority (AMSA)
as required. The Combat Agency is required to undertake preventive and cleanup action as soon as
possible. The Statutory Agency, usually through a State Marine Pollution Committee (SMPC), will provide
management, operational, technical and environmental advice and support to the Combat Agency as
required. This may include support for the management of the response. The Combat Agency may
request another agency to act on its behalf.
Table 4.2:
Statutory Agencies
Spill Source
Location
Statutory Agency
Offshore petroleum operations /

MODU/ Drill Ship
Commonwealth waters
DMP
Support Vessels
Commonwealth waters
AMSA
State waters
DMP
Port of Dampier
DMP
Onshore supply base
Page 27 of 72
JANSZ-IO DRILLING
Development
Table 4.3:
Nominated Combat Agencys
Location
Spill Source
Commonwealth waters
State waters
Port of Dampier
(1)
(2)
4.3.1
Combat Agency
Tier 1
Tier 2/3
MODU/ Drill Ship
ExxonMobil
ExxonMobil (1)
Vessel
Vessel Owner
AMSA
MODU/ Drill Ship
ExxonMobil
ExxonMobil
Vessels
Vessel Owner
DoT
Designated Port
Company
Port Authority
ExxonMobil may request AMSA to take over Combat Agency role as required
Company responsible for the spill or company operating the facility at which spill occurs
Tiered Response
Marine pollution response is based on a graduated scale of response whereby the amount of resources
mobilised for a response and the agency in control will vary according to the scale and location of the
incident. The levels, or response Tiers, are defined according to:
The amount and source of resources deployed

The levels of support and higher level management activated.
The amount and type of oil
The location of the spill and likely impact/consequences
The tiered response strategy is discussed further in Section 6.3.

ExxonMobil may hand over the responsibility of a marine pollution incident to the HMA IMT when:
All oil spill resources are being utilized and outside support is required
There is an original emergency that has utilized all ESG personnel such as a major fire/
explosion and there is a secondary oil spill that requires management
There is unprecedented media coverage for a minor incident
There is an impact to marine wildlife, sea birds or mangrove communities that require
protecting before a shoreline impact
There is a major marine transport emergency (collision or grounding) where there is a
potential for a major marine oil impact.
When a handover of control occurs:
The agency responsible for marine oil spills (AMSA for Commonwealth Waters and DMP for
State Waters) will activate the NATPLAN or WestPlan-MOP and an Incident Management
Team (IMT) and appoint an Incident Controller (IC) to lead the IMT.
ExxonMobil has a pivotal liaising and support role to the IMT and Incident Controller:
4.4
The ExxonMobil PIC will liaise and support the appointed Incident Controller and will appoint
appropriate ExxonMobil personnel to liaise and support other critical functions through the
Planning, Operations, and Logistics sections.
Personnel will maintain their roles and responsibilities until relieved of their duties and/or
assigned other tasks.
The Oil Spill Response Incident Control System (OSRICS)
The NATPLAN has a system which describes a series of functions required to be performed by a spill
response team to enable the spill incident to be controlled. This is the Oil Spill Response Incident Control
System (OSRICS). Under the OSRICS system, for a large scale incident, the overall response strategy
will be formulated by a nominated Marine Pollution Controller (MPC) and implemented by an Incident
Controller (IC) and section officers who form the Incident Management Team (IMT).
Page 28 of 72
JANSZ-IO DRILLING
Development
The Marine Pollution Controller (MPC) must be capable of ministerial as well as senior government,
industry and media liaison. The Incident Controller (IC) is responsible for the management and
coordination of response operations at the scene of a pollution incident to achieve the most cost effective
and least environmentally damaging resolution to the problem.
The OSCRICS system defines four other main functions as follows:
Planning
Planning undertakes the preparation of a Strategic and Incident Action Plans on behalf of the Incident Controller. It
is also responsible for the collation and interpretation of required scientific and environmental data and maintenance
of incident information services.
Operations
The Operations responsibility encompasses all operational activities related to the combat of the incident.
Logistics
Logistics is responsible for ensuring that resources are made available as required. This includes the procurement
and provision of personnel, equipment and support services for operations in the field and for the management of
resource staging areas.
Finance and Administration
The Finance & Administration function covers the provision of all legal, procurement, clerical, accounting and
recording services and financial control of the response including the contracting of personnel, equipment and
support resources. In oil spill response the maintenance of detailed records and accounts is necessary for the full
recovery of costs. During a response the Finance & Administration Section is also responsible for the management
of the Incident Control Centre.
The roles and responsibilities for each of the OSRICS functions are described in Appendix G (refer also to
NATPLAN, 2011).
In a large scale response each function may require a number of people or teams.
For Jansz-Io collectively, the three incident management teams (MODU, DIMT & ESG) will perform the
functions required by OSRICS.
The number of people required to perform these functions will depend on the size of the spill
and the complexity of the response effort needed.
As more people are needed, personnel available to the DIMT and ESG will be called upon to
perform the required functions.
Figure 4.2 shows an example of an organisation chart supporting these functions for a response to a
major incident. Smaller incidents would require less people. The IC would decide on the number of
personnel required based on the nature of the response. Personnel could be appointed from the MODU,
Perth or Melbourne.
The IC will nominate an Incident Control Centre (ICC) at a location, in close proximity to the incident,
affording resources and facilities for the sustained management of the incident. This is to include access
to communication facilities, suitable road access and other resources required for the response.
In deciding on the location of the ICC, the IC will consider the following:
1. The two locations which have equipment stockpiles closest to the Jansz-Io drilling location are
Exmouth and Broome as described in Section 7.5. The oil spill modeling of the subsea 11 week
blowout scenario described in Section 3 indicates that that in the unlikely event of such an
incident it is possible that hydrocarbons would reach the mainland, however there is uncertainty
as to where exactly this would occur given that the trajectory is influenced by large scale offshore
drift currents.
2. The modeling in Section 3 also shows that the predicted period before the entrained hydrocarbon
reaches land in the lowest concentration (<10ppb) is 74 days in Autumn (the most likely season
for migration to shore).
3. The priority in such a scenario would be to protect shorelines, and as described in Section 3, if
the entrained hydrocarbon was to reach a shoreline it would have undergone substantial
biodegradation and the remaining components would be largely biologically unavailable (low
toxicity) and have low viscosity, thereby spreading rapidly once it reached the surface. It would
then likely present as a sheen which would evaporate within hours.
Page 29 of 72
JANSZ-IO DRILLING
Development
For a large scale incident, the time taken to reach land provides the IC time to assess the best location
from which to respond based on the modeling which would be undertaken at the time using the actual
weather forecast (refer Section 7.3.1). This would also allow time for resources (equipment / people) to be
mobilized as needed from stockpiles around Australia or within the region. Mobilization in this case would
not be dependent on the existing stockpiles in the immediate vicinity.
For a large scale event, it is likely that the Asia Pacific Regional Response Team would be mobilized, as
would Oil Spill Response Limited (OSRL) (members of the Global Response Network) via AMOSC which
has authority to act on behalf of ExxonMobil. OSRL is designed to be able to respond in locations that are
not supported by local affiliate of ExxonMobil.
Figure 4.2:
Example of Response Organization during Major Incident (Tier 2/3)
Affected
Company
AMOSC
Incident
Controller
Emergency
Services
4.5
Environmental
Authority
Planning
Officer
Operations
Officer
Logistic
Officer
Finance/Admin
Officer
Response
Planning
Coordinator
Shoreline
Coordinator
Transport
Coordinator
Administration
Coordinator
Situation
Coordinator
Marine
Coordinator
Procurement
Coordinator
Finance
Coordinator
Resources
Coordinator
Aviation
Coordinator
Services
Coordinator
Record
Coordinator
Environment
Coordinator
Wildlife
Coordinator
Medical
Coordinator
ERR Management
Coordinator
Consultation
Coordinator
OH&S
Coordinator
Communication
Coordinator
Waste
Management
Coordinator
Staging Area
Coordinator
Communications
Communication between the offshore, Melbourne and Perth emergency management teams will be by
telephones (or other agreed form of communication).
The Emergency response procedures as described in the Jansz-Io Emergency Response Plan would be
followed.( ExxonMobil 2011(b).
Page 30 of 72
JANSZ-IO DRILLING
Development
5.
MARINE OIL SPILL RISKS AND RESPONSE TACTICS
With the incorporation of a comprehensive set of spill prevention measures, the residual risk of a pollution
event still cannot be completely eliminated and hence, the formulation of detailed spill contingency plans
appropriate to local environmental sensitivities (listed in Section 2.3) remains integral to ExxonMobil
operation. To assist in contingency planning activities, marine pollution was considered during the JanszIo Environmental Risk Assessment [ExxonMobil 2011(c)]. The assessment identified potential spill
sources and grouped them into scenarios so that appropriate response tactics can be put in place. The
results of this activity are given in Table 5.1 below
Page 31 of 72
JANSZ-IO DRILLING
Development
Table 5.1:
Marine Pollution Scenarios
Potential Oil Spill Scenario
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Tanker incident at or near Jansz-Io area

Location (loss of bunker fuel).
Supply vessel / Tug / Barge / incident

resulting in loss of bunker fuel
Supply vessel / Tug / Barge / incident

resulting in loss of cargo fuel
Type of Pollution
Estimated Spill
Volume
Tier Level
Diesel spill into water.
Up-to 80, 000 L
Tier 2
Diesel spill on to water.
Diesel / Jet A1 spill into

water.
250,000 L
< 4,000 L
Drilling Small leak (e.g. flare drop out /

failure).
Condensate oil spill into

water.
< 1,000 L
Drilling - Loss of well control resulting in

uncontrolled and ongoing release of
hydrocarbon.
Condensate oil spill in to

water column rapidly rising
to water surface.
43,000,000 L
(270,000 bbls)
Tier 2
Tier 1
Tier 1
Tier 3
Basic Oil Spill Response Tactic
Surveillance and tracking.
Source control.
Source control.
Containment and recovery systems at sea.

Possible shoreline protection and clean-up.
Wildlife rescue / rehab.
Waste management.

Possible shoreline protection and clean-up using manual resources.
Wildlife rescue / rehab.
Waste management.

Possible containment and recovery systems at sea for residue.
Containment and recovery systems at sea for residue.

Possible use of dispersant.
Page 32 of 72
JANSZ-IO DRILLING
Development
6.
DISCOVERING THE SPILL FIRST ACTIONS AND NOTIFICATIONS
This section covers initial actions once a spill has been identified. In summary these are:
-
6.1
Initial reporting of spill

Initiating emergency response
Report to statutory agencies as necessary
Assess response level required for the spill (Tier 1, Tier 2 or Tier 3)
First Sighting of Spill Initial Actions
Figure 6.1:
First Sighting - Flowchart of Actions
Page 33 of 72
JANSZ-IO DRILLING
Development
If a spill is observed, the process shown in Figure 6.1 must be followed. This provides a flowchart of the
initial actions that should be taken once a spill is seen.
The priorities for responding to a spill are:
Protect human health and safety

Minimise environmental impacts
Minimise any impacts on properties and assets
Minimise any impacts to company reputation
Key questions to be addressed:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
What is it?
Where is it?
How big is it?
Where is it going?
What is in the way?
How long until it gets there?
What is happening to it (eg., weathering)?
What is the worst credible scenario?
The initial actions for those required to respond to the spill incident are itemized below:
Observer
The primary role of the Observer of the spill is to:

1. Isolate the source of the spill if it is safe to do so.
2. Report the spill to the OIM.
When reporting an incident, the observer should be prepared to answer the following
questions where possible:
Forward Controller
(FC- Transocean)
MODU Vessel
Master
Was anyone injured?

Are there any immediate hazards (risk of fire or explosion)?
What is the source of the spill and spill material?
Where is the spill and when was it detected?
Spill volume and direction of movement?
Who is involved?
Primary role of the FC is to:

1.
Safeguard People
Assess immediate hazards and respond accordingly
2.
Initiate Emergency Response
3.
Protect the Environment
Isolate the source of the spill
Initiate OSCP
4.
Notify the Drilling Supervisor
5.
Assess Response Level and discuss with LOR
Tier 1, 2 or 3?
Drilling Supervisor
(ExxonMobil)
1.
2.
3.
Notify the ExxonMobil Drilling Operations Superintendent (LOR)

Address the eight key questions listed above
Complete POLREP form and send to LOR
Leader of the
Operational
Response (LOR)
Operations
Superintendent
(ExxonMobil)
Primary role of the LOR is to:

1. Confirm safety of personnel has been addressed and any immediate hazards have been
addressed
2. Assess and confirm Response Level in consultation with Transocean FC/ EM Drilling
Supervisor
- Tier 1, 2 or 3
3.
Verbally notify Statutory Agencies
4.
Follow up notifications with faxed POLREP form
Notify Emergency Support Group (ESG)
Page 34 of 72
JANSZ-IO DRILLING
Development
6.2
Emergency Activation Pathway
The emergency activation pathway for all incidents which may occur during the Jansz-Io drilling campaign
is shown in Figure 6.2 below. A full description of the emergency procedure is detailed in the Work
Operator Emergency Response Bridging Documentation for Jansz-Io [ExxonMobil 2011(b)].
Figure 6.2 - Emergency Activation Pathway
ALL
MODU
MODU Vessel
Master (FC)
Coordinate & manage initial
response
Activate and manage
appropriate ERP as required
Drilling
Supervisor
Liaise with and assist the

Vessel Master (FC). Ensure
ERP is being followed
Notify LOR and keep advised
of changes
Activate Medivac if required
Document and log events
Notify Support Vessels or

Helicopter as required
Complete and fax following forms

to LOR as appropriate
SITREP / D010 / D020
Notify Rig Manager

Notify Logistics support if
required
Report incidents in accordance

with regulatory requirements
NOPSA / AMSA
Liaise with LOR

Support FC
Report incidents in accordance

With regulatory requirements
DMP / AMSA
Notify Drilling Manager
Notify ESG Leader (Melbourne)
Activate shore-based
support if required
Liaise and support the
DIMT
rd
Notify 3 Party Contractor

Management as required
Activate DIMT as necessary
Page 35 of 72
JANSZ-IO DRILLING
Development
6.3
Assessing the Response Tier Level
As described previously the tiered classification system is one that is adopted by NATPLAN. It is
understood by statutory and industry organizations which may be called upon to assist in the response
effort. The response Tier level is determined by assessing the following considerations and using the
most severe assessment to determine the response Tier level:
Consideration
Tier 1
Tier 2
Tier 3
Spill size
< 12,000 L
(10 t / 70 bbls)
12,000 to1,200,000 L
(10 - 1000 t / 70-7000
bbls)
> 1,200,000 L
(1000 t / 7000 bbls)
Potential for environmental

damage
Low
Medium
High
Potential for economic damage
Low
Medium
High
Capability of response
Low
Medium
High
Leader of the
Operational
Response
(LOR)
Leader of the Operational Response (LOR) assesses the situation in consultation with the FC
and Drilling Supervisor to determine whether the spill is classified as Tier 1, 2 or 3.
Oil spill response is determined based on volume and potential impact on the environment and
health & safety of personnel. A guide for assessing the appropriate tier is described below.
Indicative volumes have been given for the tiers however; the fundamental consideration is
whether the combat agency can manage the response or whether additional levels of
support and resources are needed.
TIER 1
less than 12,000 L

RESPONSE relies on the DIMT and ESG handling the spill containment with its own resources
or with the assistance of adjacent industry operators as arranged through AMOS Plan (mutual
aid arrangements).
Additional resources could also be drawn upon from ExxonMobils other locations in Australia or
Chevrons local resources.
TIER 2
12,000 to 1,200,000 L
RESPONSE relies on DIMT and ESG resources plus those of other Australian oil companies,
industry associations and/or State and Federal Government Agencies to provide a viable
response to the oil spill emergency.
The additional resources which could be drawn upon are:
Western Australian State Plan (WestPlan-MOP)
Australian National Plan (NATPLAN)
TIER 3
Greater than 1,200,000 L

RESPONSE occurs when international assistance is required in addition to Australian resources.
The additional resources which could be drawn upon are:
International resources facilitated through the Statutory Agency and Combat Agency
(ExxonMobil or AMSA)
ExxonMobil Asia Pacific Regional Response Team
Page 36 of 72
JANSZ-IO DRILLING
Development
6.4
Reporting
REPORTING
FORMS
In the event of an oil spill occurring and after initial verbal advice to the Statutory Agency, the
Pollution Report Form (POLREP) must be completed and distributed as required.
Situation Reports (SITREP) must be subsequently completed regularly to provide updates and
keep records of the spill.
All POLREP forms must have a serial number issued by the originator. Subsequent updating
should repeat this number and add a SITREP number, eg POLREP 1/SITREP 1 would be
followed by POLREP 1/SITREP 2.
POLREP and SITREP forms are found in Appendix A.
REPORTING
REQUIREMENTS
All spills must be reported internally. POLREP and SITREP forms must be completed and sent
to the LOR by the Drilling Supervisor.
Spills greater than 80L must be reported to the Statutory Agency within 2 hours (ref
Section 8)
Spill from MODU
The LOR is responsible for notifying the Statutory Agency by phone and subsequently faxing
through the POLREP and SITREP forms.
Spill from Vessel
If the spill occurs from the supply vessel then the Master of the vessel is responsible for
reporting the spill to the Statutory Agency.
AGENCIES
The Statutory Agency which needs to be notified varies depending on the:

Source of the spill (vessel or MODU), and
Location of the spill (Commonwealth, state waters or within a port).
Section 6.5 identifies the relevant Agency to be contacted based on the source and location of
the spill. It also identifies the party responsible for reporting.
TO BE
NOTIFIED
6.5
Agency Contacts
Reports of spills must be made to the relevant Agency based on the source and location of the spill:
Source of spill
Location
Initial Notification
The Transocean DWF

drilling rig
Commonwealth Waters
Department of Mines and Petroleum (DMP)

Environment Division
24HR Ph: 0419 960 621
Any Spill
Commonwealth Waters
AMSA
Ph: 1800 641 792 or +61 2 6230 6811
Fax: 1800 622 153
Onshore Supply Base
Dampier
Port of Dampier Authority

Harbour Master
Ph: 0409 205 775
Fax: 61 8 9159 6557
Other agencies
For any oil spill likely to impact

on marine protected areas in
Commonwealth waters
Department of Sustainability, Environment, Water,

People and Communities
Ph: +61 2 6274 1111 or 1800 803 772
For hydrocarbon spills

>80L
Commonwealth Waters
NOPSA Incident Notification

Ph: (08) 6461 7090

>80L
WA Waters
Department of Mines and Petroleum (DMP) (WA)

Environment Division
(Duty Officer) Ph: 0419 960 621

>80L
State Waters
DoT
08 9480 9924
Page 37 of 72
JANSZ-IO DRILLING
Development
6.6
Initial Actions Checklists
The following checklists can be used to provide high level guidance on the actions required in the event of
an oil spill. Checklists are provided for the:
Forward Controller (MODU Vessel Master) Transocean

Leader of the Operational Response (LOR) ExxonMobil
Drilling Incident Management Team (DIMT) ExxonMobil
Emergency Support Group (ESG) ExxonMobil
Table 6.1:
Transocean Deepwater Frontier Vessel Master

Forward Controller (Vessel Master)
Responsibilities
Follow the Transocean DWF Emergency Response Plan and SOPEP

Report incident to Drilling Supervisor
Manage the on-site spill response (Tier 1)
Notify the other facilities in the vicinity of possible path of the oil
Monitor Situation and provide regular updates to Drilling Supervisor
Follow the priorities for responding to a spill
Step
Alert
Actions
Initiate appropriate alarm

Determine the need and direct a shutdown or evacuation of the rig
Obtain and confirm details of the incident:
Initial
Actions
Further
Actions
Final
Actions
Injuries? Hazards? Quantity? Type of Oil? Cause of Spill?
Take immediate action to stop the spill or leak and reduce risk of fire/explosion
Start personal log of events recording time and details of actions taken and decisions made
Monitor and report conditions (weather, sea state etc)
Manage oil spill clean-up (if any) and logistics
After agreement with the Drilling Supervisor and when safe to do so, approve restart of normal
operations
Debrief all personnel and liaise with Drilling Supervisor to set up an incident investigation
Immediately alert the Master of the supply vessel and pilots of helicopters in the vicinity
Asses the extent of the spill and its movement in consultation with the Drilling Supervisor
Establish safety and exclusion zones as required
Following agreement from Drilling Supervisor and DIMT request nearby supply vessel to prepare
for propeller agitation
Liaise closely with the Drilling Supervisor
Page 38 of 72
JANSZ-IO DRILLING
Development
Table 6.2:
ExxonMobil Drilling Supervisor (MODU)

Drilling Supervisor
Responsibilities
Report incident to Operations Superintendent (LOR)

Activate OSCP
Complete POLREP
Assist Vessel Master with response effort
Monitor Situation and provide regular updates
Step
Actions
Further
Actions
Final
Actions
Confirm details of the incident:
Alert
Initial
Actions
Determine the need and direct a shutdown or evacuation of the rig

Injuries? Hazards? Quantity? Type of Oil? Cause of Spill?
Assist Vessel Master to take immediate action to stop the spill or leak and reduce risk of
fire/explosion
Start personal log of events recording time and details of actions taken and decisions made
Ensure samples are taken of the spill area
Assist with oil spill clean-up (if any) and logistics
After agreement with the DIMT and OIM and when safe to do so, assist restart of normal
operations
Liaise with Vessel Master and LOR to set up an incident investigation
Complete POLREP and fax/email to LOR

Assess the extent of the spill and its movement in consultation with the Vessel Master
Monitor conditions (weather, sea state etc)

Liaise closely with DIMT and send regular update reports via SITREP form
Following agreement from DIMT and OIM request nearby supply vessel to prepare for propeller
agitation
Send logs of the incident and other relevant records to the DIMT
Page 39 of 72
JANSZ-IO DRILLING
Development
Table 6.3:

Leader of the Operational Response (LOR) - (Drilling Superintendent)
Responsibilities
Activate OSCP
Disseminate all new information and ensure consistent direction of response
Decide whether to call out all or part of the DIMT and notify ESG
Ensure other facilities owners/operations (if any) have been notified and are regularly
briefed and given regular updates
Approve external communications to employees and relatives
Lead the Incident Management Team
Step
Alert
Initial
Actions
Further
Actions
Final
Actions
Actions
Send POLREP to the Statutory Agency
Follow DIMT emergency activation pathway
If spill is greater than 80L report to Statutory Agency within 2 hours
Develop and coordinate a Response Action Plan in consultation with MODU Vessel Master and
ESG
Ensure surveillance of oil spill by aircraft is initiated and weather conditions are being monitored
Approve external communications to employees and relatives
Determine whether response needs to be escalated to Tier 2 or Tier 3
Decide when to demobilise (for a Tier 1 response)
Confirm information received from the MODU Vessel Master

Notify and callout DIMT and/or ESG if appropriate, confirm ETA if callout is after hours
Notify Drilling Manager and Transocean Management
Initiate Oil Spill Contingency Plan recording time and details of actions and decisions taken
Assess the Response Tier and the required level of response with the Vessel Master and Drilling
Supervisor
Request AMSA to run modelling of oil movement and to assess environmental sensitivity
Notify ESG
Obtain sufficient information from the emergency site to allow an assessment of the initial support
requirements to be made
Liaise with Statutory Agency (or external Combat agency if Tier 2 or 3)

Control information flow out of DIMT.
Monitor and provide regular updates of the response operations to the DIMT/ESG and Statutory
Agency. Send regular SITREP forms
Call-out additional support as required
Collate records and logs
Provide debrief for the ESG
Conduct incident investigation
Page 40 of 72
JANSZ-IO DRILLING
Development
Table 6.4:
Emergency Support Group

Emergency Support Group Members
Responsibilities
The general role of the ESG is to provide shore-based support to offshore

facilities
Minimise safety risks and impacts on the environment, community, property and
the business
Actions
Step
Go to Emergency Response Room (ERR)
Commence Incident Log
Further
Actions
Review Action Plan regularly
Collect personal logs
Final
Actions
Ensure telephones, fax, office equipment is available and operational
Display appropriate maps and charts

Note- DIMT consist of one or more people performing the following roles:
Alert
Initial
Actions
6.7
Planning Officer
Operation Officer
Logistic Officer
Finance and Admin Officer
Liaise with Leader of the Operational Response (DIMT Leader)
Review roles and responsibilities as outlined in the OSCP
Assess the situation and develop Response Action Plan for your function
Organise and despatch response personnel, oil spill equipment, technical advice and specialist
support
Keep the LOR informed
Plan ahead for waste disposal, environmental rehabilitation and for demobilisation
Stand down contractors
Demobilise response personnel
Provide debrief for own divisional personnel
Summarise activities during the incident and prepare a report
Post spill monitoring and remediation
Equipment replacement
Update or amend OSCP
Action Checklists
The action lists provided in Appendix H provide guidance on actions that should be undertaken by the
main respondents of the oil spill incident.
6.8
Contact Directory
The Jansz-Io Contact Directory (ExxonMobil, 2011(d)) lists all contact details relevant to the drilling
campaign, including all numbers needed for emergency response, incident notification and routine
operations. All numbers listed within this OSCP are also listed in the Jansz-Io Contacts Directory. The
directory is maintained within the Jasnz-Io Emergency Response Plan (ExxonMobil, 2011(b)) and is
subject to ongoing verification to ensure all numbers are accurate.
Page 41 of 72
JANSZ-IO DRILLING
Development
7.
SPILL RESPONSE
This section covers actions and responsibilities of the Operating company personnel for responding to oil
spill incidents based on the response classification tier.
7.1
Response Overview
The type of response required to an oil spill will depend on its classification as a Tier 1, 2 or 3. Figure 7.1
provides an overview of the process to be followed.
This section describes how to monitor and assess a spill to enable the correct response option to be
selected. It also describes the various response options available and guidance on their applications.
Figure 7.1 - Response Flowchart Overview
Spill
EMERGENCY RESPONSE
INITIATED
FC / LOR
CLASSIFY EMERGENCY
(ref sec 2)
Tier 1
NO External Assistance
is Required
Initiate OSCP
Mobilise DIMT (Perth)
Assume Combat Agency
Role
Tier 2 or Tier 3
External Assistance
IS Required
Initiate OSCP
Mobilise DIMT and ESG (Mel)
Assess spill
Assume Combat Agency Role

Notify ESG &
Mobilise ESG as
necessary
Notify Management &

Statutory Authorities
(as required)
- Assess Spill
- Callout additional
resources (as required)
- Plan Response
- Execute Response Plan
LOR declares end of

emergency
Notify Statutory Authority

Liaise with Statutory Authority to:
- call out additional resources
- confirm appropriate Combat Agency
- plan response (as required)
Support combat agency as

appropriate
Statutory Authority / ESG to

declare end of emergency when
appropriate
Page 42 of 72
JANSZ-IO DRILLING
Development
Initial steps as described in Section 3

Notification
The notification process for a Tier 1 response is shown in Figure 7.1.

The contact details for the notifications are shown in Section 3, Table 3.3
Recording
The spill must be recorded via the POLREP form and subsequent updates must be provided
via the SITREP form
Reporting
Verbal notification of the spill must be conducted. POLREP and SITREP forms must be faxed
to the management and statutory agencies
Spills greater than 80L must be reported to Statutory agencies within 2 hrs.
7.1.1
Responsibility for Spill response
In the event of a spill resulting from the Jansz-Io drilling operations the ESG will have the responsibility of
responding to the spill (i.e. will assume the role of the Combat Agency).
Requirements of the Combat Agency

1.
The Emergency Support Group, led by the ESG Leader will be mobilised.
2.
The ESG Leader shall notify the Statutory Agency and confirm ESG assessment of the response Tier.
3.
The spill will be further assessed to understand the hazards and determine the response method required.
4.
The DIMT will determine if additional resources or equipment are needed for the response.
per Sec 4
per Sec 6
per Sec 6
per Sec 6
5.
The appropriate spill response will be planned & initiated.

per Sec 7.2
6.
The ESG Leader will keep the Statutory Agency informed of the progress of the spill response activities
and any associated clean-up operations via verbal communication and by sending regular SITREP forms.
per Sec 6.6
7.
The Statutory Authority and or the ESG Leader can reassess the situation at any time and escalate the
response Tier (to Tier 2 or 3).
8.
Termination of the response will occur at the appropriate time and response teams will be deactivated.
9.
Normal drilling operations will recommence when safe to do so.
10.
Incident investigation will commence.
per Sec 7.6

per Sec 12
Notes: If the response is assessed to be, or escalates to a stage where it is beyond ExxonMobil capabilities (Tier 2 or
Tier 3), the Statutory Agency (DMP) may request AMSA to take over the Combat Agency role as required. In this
situation, a government or industry nominee will assume control and lead the response operation as the Incident
Controller.
Page 43 of 72
JANSZ-IO DRILLING
Development
7.1.2
Priorities for preparing to respond to a spill
The following priorities must be observed when responding to a spill:

1.
Stop the discharge
2.
Assess Hazards
Safety of personnel/risk of fire and explosion
o
Immediately implement procedure to reduce the risk of fire, gas and explosive vapour.
o
Emergency shut down if necessary
o
Evacuate personnel if necessary
Possible impact on support vessel operations
o
Alert all vessels and nearby oil and gas installations of the possible danger of explosive vapour or gas.
o
Consider setting an exclusion zone for vessels.
3.
Predict spill movement - wind, current, tides, topography.

Obtain the current meteorological conditions and forecast to help predict spill movement (see Contact
Directory [ExxonMobil, 2011]).
Predict and monitor spill movement using one of the strategies outlined below.
4.
Estimate potential effects on sensitive areas (shoreline, marine life etc) refer to Trajectory modelling
as a guide
per Sec 7.3
per Sec 2.3

5.
Reassess Response Tier
Tier 1
Proceed with response (go to 6 below)
Tier 2 or 3
Liaise with Statutory Agency and support response as required
per Sec 6.3
6.
Respond to spill accordingly using Figure 7.2 as a guide.
Page 44 of 72
JANSZ-IO DRILLING
Development
Figure 7.2:
Priorities for Responding to Spill
*Note: Refer to Figure 7.6 for escalation flowchart and determination of Oil Spill Response Combat
Agency
Page 45 of 72
JANSZ-IO DRILLING
Development
7.2
Incident Action Plans
The Incident Controller will develop an Incident Action Plan in consultation with the Section Officers
(Planning, Operations, Logistics and Finance and Administration).
The main steps in planning the response are:
Set Incident objectives:
This is a goal statement and indicates desired individual outcomes of the response (e.g. protection of
the shoreline between points A and B).
Describe Incident strategies:
These describe how the DIMT plans to reach the stated objectives (e.g. deployment of booms to protect
points A and B).
Develop Incident tactics
These detail how the strategies will be done, i.e. the deployment of personnel and equipment, task by
task. The development of incident tactics is usually undertaken by the relevant section officer and unit coordinators (e.g. the Operations Officer and the Marine Co-ordinator).
Once the execution of the plan has commenced, the role of the planning is to:
-
7.3
collate and analyse information on the progress of the response

update the plans as is necessary
ensure communication amongst all the DIMT members is taking place to coordinate
activities
Surveillance and Monitoring
Monitoring and surveillance of spill movement is required throughout the response exercise.
information gathered allows the responder to understand:
-
The
Where the oil is going and which areas could be affected eg sensitive shorelines
How the spilled substance is reacting in the environment i.e. dispersing, evaporating,
degrading etc.
The movement and properties of the spilled substance will provide the information needed to determine
the appropriate method of response.
The main action in the event of a spill will be focused on monitoring the movement of the oil through
surface and aerial surveillance, and computer tracking modelling. Contact AMSA MEP for an AMSA
Identification of Oil on Water: Aerial Observation and Identification Guide. The proximity and
subsequent movement of the oil slick to sensitive areas will dictate the urgency of the response
operations.
If the oil is not a threat to human health or sensitive resources and modelling predicts that the oil will
disperse before reaching any sensitive resources, natural dispersion may be the most appropriate
response method. This method is also likely to be the most appropriate method during periods of severe
weather conditions. However, it is important to closely monitor the behaviour and movement of oil.
The decision to survey and monitor is appropriate when:
there is no effective method for cleanup or recovery;

natural removal rates are fast (e.g. highly volatile oil, high energy coastline);
the degree of oiling is light; and
clean up action will do more harm than natural dispersion.
Factors to be considered include:
size of the spill;

the likelihood of further spills;
type(s) of oil;
weather, including wind direction and force, sea state, sea temperature and tide
current;
Page 46 of 72
JANSZ-IO DRILLING
Development
position of the spill in relation to marine and coastal resources; and

likely movement of the spill.
7.3.1
Tracking oil movement
(a)
Vector Analysis
Grade I oils (jet A1, condensate) and some grade II oils (Light Crude) will evaporate relatively quickly
especially in hot, windy conditions but may leave some residue. The oil spill modelling provides further
guidance on likely fate of oil (APASA, 2005 and APASA, 2011).
Aerial surveillance provides the best option for monitoring a spill, however visual observation from sea
level may be the only option initially, but this will not give a reliable overall picture especially for larger oil
spill events.
Aerial surveillance should be used to direct offshore dispersant application where permitted, and
containment and recovery operations. It can also be used to assess and monitor the successfulness of
these strategies.
Prior to flying, obtain information on last known position of slick(s) and plot on a map. The use of oil spill
modelling provided by Oil Spill Response in the first instance or Asia Pacific Applied Science Associates
(APASA) (through AMOSC or AMSA) will provide an estimation of the slick position.
Page 47 of 72
JANSZ-IO DRILLING
Development
Figure 7.3:
Vectorial Plotting of a spill
For manual plotting oil moves at;
100% of current speed and direction, and

3% of wind speed and direction as per below.
For example, a current of 1 knot will move the slick 1 nm in one hour. A wind speed of 10 knots will move
the oil 0.3 nm in one hour (refer to Figure 7.3 for instructions).
Page 48 of 72
JANSZ-IO DRILLING
Development
(b)
Oil Spill Trajectory Modelling
In the event of a spill Trajectory computer modelling can be conducted which allows the operator to
model what would happen to the spilled substance. .
By prescribing wind and current data and volume of the spill the model provides the direction of travel
over a given period. Trajectory modelling to determine oil spill trajectory can be conducted either by:
EAPL using OilMap. This can be requested through the EAPL ESG.
AMSA who is the custodian of the interactive spill computer model known as Oil Spill Trajectory
Modelling (OSTM) which is designed to predict the trajectory of an oil slick over a given period
of time. Current and wind data is required to run OSTM and can be requested from the Bureau
of Meteorology.
Arrangement can be made with AMSA for model output to be sent via fax / email (or other
agreed form of communication) periodically to the DIMT or other locations.
Obtaining Oil Spill Trajectory Modelling

1. Fill out OSTM request form in Appendix A
or , download the request form from:
http://www.amsa.gov.au/Marine_Environment_Protection/NationalPlan/General_Information
/Oil_Spill_Trajectory_Model/Request.asp#4gen
2. Fax completed form to +61 2 6279 5076 (office hours) or +61 2 6230 6868 (after hours) or email to
OSTM@amsa.gov.au
3. Confirm by telephoning 02 6279 5044 (office hours) or 02 6230 6811 (after hours), or for free call within
Australia: 1800 641 792 (24 hours)
(c)
Automated Data Inquiry for Oil Spill (ADIOS)
ADIOS is a computer based oil spill response tool that was developed by US National Oceanic and
Atmospheric Administration. ADIOS uses mathematical equations and information from the database to
predict changes over time in the density, viscosity, and water content of oil or product, the rates at which
it evaporates from the sea surface and disperses into the water, and the rate at which an oil-in-water
emulsion may form.
Obtaining ADIOS
1.
Fill out ADIOS request form in Appendix A

or , download the request form from:
http://www.amsa.gov.au/Marine_Environment_Protection/ National Plan/
Environment_and_Scientific_Coordinators_Toolbox/ADIOS/ADIOSData_Required_to_Run_ADIOS_Oil_Weather_Model.asp.
2. Fax completed form to +61 2 6279 5076 (office hours) or +61 2 6230 6868 (after hours)
3. Alternatively, the ADIOS program can be download and run from http://response.restoration.noaa.gov/
7.3.2
Aerial Surveillance
The use of aerial surveillance allows an accurate means of slick area, thickness and volume, and
trajectory of the slick.
Either fixed wing or helicopters can be used for the task. Oil industry helicopters are generally used for
this task. Requests can also be made to Australian Search and Rescue (AusSAR), AMSA to coordinate
other aircraft if needed.
The Incident Controller will initiate aerial surveillance and ensure that an appropriately trained person is
on board the aircraft to describe and interpret oil on the sea.
To source appropriate aircraft see the Jansz-Io Contact Directory [ExxonMobil, 2011].
Page 49 of 72
JANSZ-IO DRILLING
Development
(a)
Assessing Volume of the slick
Monitoring of the slick and estimating the volume of the slick should be done by a person trained in
interpretation of oil on water. An understanding of slick area indicates the scale of the response needed.
Knowing the percentage cover and slick thickness provides insight on the likely efficiency of containment
or dispersant methods and may also indicate the likely persistence of the slick.
By measuring the area covered, percentage cover (assessed by looking at the colour of the slick and its
appearance on the water), the volume of the slick can be calculated. Guidelines for characterising oil
slicks at sea are provided in Appendix C.
If an areal surveillance of the surface slick is undertaken, spill quantity can be obtained by:
Flying the length and breadth of the slick and equating the time taken to fly over the slick and
the aircraft speed.
Calculating the slick area (length x breadth).
Multiplying the area by the percentage of the slick that is oil and not clean water.
Calculating oil volumes using Table 7.1
Table 7.1:
Code
Guidelines for estimation of slick volumes

Description /
appearance
Appearance
Layer thickness
interval (m)
Litres per km2
Sheen (silvery/grey)
0.04 to 0.30
40 300
Rainbow
0.30 to 5.0
300 5000
Metallic
5.0 to 50
5000 50,000
Discontinuous
colour
50 to 200
50,000 200,000
Continuous true oil colour
200 to More than

200
200,000- More than

200,000
true
oil
Code 1
Sheen (< 0.3 m)

The very thin films of oil reflect the incoming light slightly better than the surrounding water
and can therefore be observed as a silvery or grey sheen
Above a certain height or angle of view the observed film may disappear
Code 2
Rainbow (0.3 m 5.0 m)

Rainbow oil appearance represents a range of colours, yellow, pink, purple, green, blue, and
red, copper, orange
Depending on angle of view and layer thickness, the distinctive colours will be diffuse or very
bright
Code 3
Metallic (5.0 m 50 m)
Although a range of colours can be observed, blue, purple, red and greenish the apparent
colour is not caused by interference of light or by the true colour of the oil. The colours will
not be similar to rainbow
Code 4
Discontinuous True Colours (50 m 200 m)

For oil slicks thicker than 50 m the true colour will gradually dominate the colour that is
observed. Brown oils will appear brown, black oils will appear black.
Code 5
True Colours (>200 m)

The true colour of the specific oil is the dominant effect in this category
Page 50 of 72
JANSZ-IO DRILLING
Development
7.3.3
Oil Sampling
Samples should be taken from oil slicks if it is safe to do so. This allows the source to be identified or
weathering characteristics to be determined.
The oil sampling guidelines should be followed wherever practical. Refer Appendix D.
7.4
Responding
All oil spills are different and response options must be evaluated with reference to oil type and quantity,
sea state and weather conditions, projected trajectory and the sensitivity of the environment under threat.
A number of response options are available. All have advantages and limitations and must be
considered in context of the spill conditions presented by the spill.
The appropriate response strategy should be planned. The LOR has the responsibility for planning the
response with support from the DIMT and ESG. The planning should occur in accordance with Section 4.
The plan would need to be reviewed and revised regularly depending on the status of the spill.
The response options available include:
7.4.1
Monitoring - Natural Weathering and Dispersal (primary strategy for Jansz-Io)

Physical Break-up of Slicks
Chemical Dispersants
Containment and Recovery
In Situ Burning
Onshore (Shoreline) Oil Spill Response Methods (see Section 060-002)
Preparing to Respond
1. Use the information gathered from the spill assessment and surveillance activities to select the most
appropriate response strategy.
per Sec 7.3
2. Use the following information as guidance:
Figure 7.5 is a decision tree which can be used to provide guidance on appropriate response
actions.
Section 5 provides high level guidance on the response options.
Onshore and Offshore response strategies are provided in Sec 7
3. Prepare an incident action plan for the response strategy. Update the plan as necessary if the
situation changes
per Sec 7.2
4. Determine what equipment will be needed and if additional equipment needs to be sourced.
per Sec 7.5
5. Determine what resources will be needed and if additional resources need to be called out.
per Sec 7.5
6. Continue to monitor spill and update the response plan as necessary if the situation changes
per Sec 7.3
Page 51 of 72
JANSZ-IO DRILLING
Development
Figure 7.5:
Dispersant Decision Tree
Spill
Danger to Personnel or
Facilities?
Yes
Apply Dispersant only if it will

reduce immediate safety hazard
and permitted by DMP. Consider
effects on shallow water and
shoals.
No
Moving Offshore
Monitor Oil Slick
Moving Onshore
Moving Onshore
Monitor and allow to

biodegrade
Monitor and evaluate

risk to shorelines or
shoals
No Risk
Determine oil
properties
characteristics
Trajectory and weather
Commence Recovery
Is Recovery Action
Effective?
Yes
Is Recovery Feasible?
No
No or Partially
Is water depth
> 10 m?
Maintain Recovery
Action
Can oil be chemically

dispersed given
prevailing conditions?
Yes
No
No
Yes
Are shallow water
shoals at risk from
Dispersant usage?
Yes
No
Seek immediate
permission from DMP
to apply Dispersant
Denied
Approved
No
Is Dispersant Effective?
Yes
Risk Lowered to
Acceptable Levels
Continue Dispersant
Usage
Prepare for mechanical

recovery in inshore
waters and onshore
protection and cleanup
Page 52 of 72
JANSZ-IO DRILLING
Development
Table 7.2:
High Level Guidance on Response Options

Operational Notes
Considerations
Monitoring Natural
Weathering/Dispersion
Response Method
o Monitoring can be done by aerial

surveillance assisted by computer
modelling. Aircraft can only operate in
favourable flying conditions.
o Public may perceive this as

inactivity or unwillingness to tackle
spill.
o Respondents must be confident
that oil is not likely to reach the
shoreline i.e. trajectory and oil
persistence need to be considered
and monitored
Physical Break-up of Slick

Using Vessels
o Suitable for use on small spills at sea.
o Success may be limited by

availability of vessels
o Unsuitable on oils with viscosities

above 1000 cSt at sea temperatures.
o Environmental concerns need to be

considered.
o Relatively calm seas and weather

required i.e.:
(a)
Sea state less than 1 meter
(b)
Currents less than 0.8 knot
(0.4 m/sec)
(c)
Winds less than 15 knots.
o Success may be limited by

availability of vessels or storage
capacity.
o This is the environmentally
favoured approach.
In Situ Burning
o Oil must be effectively boomed and

concentrated (see Containment and
Recovery above).
o Oil must contain volatiles (i.e.
unweathered) or have burn
assistance.
o This option is unlikely to be feasible

or environmentally acceptable in
WA or in associated coastal
waters.
7.4.2
(a)
Offshore Response Methods

Monitoring - Natural Weathering and Dispersion
If the oil is not a threat to human health or sensitive resources and modelling predicts that the oil will
disperse before reaching any sensitive resources, natural dispersion may be the most appropriate
response method. This method is also likely to be the most appropriate method during periods of severe
weather conditions. However, it is important to closely monitor the behaviour and movement of oil.
Aircraft and supply vessels will be used to monitor the movement of the spill.
The decision to survey and monitor is appropriate when:
There is low risk of spill reaching any shorelines;

Natural removal rates are fast (e.g. highly volatile oil, high energy coastline);
The degree of oiling is light;
Clean up action will do more harm than natural removal;
There is no effective method for cleanup or recovery.
Sensitive resources are described in the Jansz-Io Environment Plan [ExxonMobil, 2011(b)].
This method is not appropriate when human health or sensitive resources are at risk.
(b)
Physical Break up of Slicks
Physical herding, such as using bow waves, propeller wash or fire monitors can be used to divert oil from
sensitive areas in high current situation or to help with dispersion of oil in open waters. It may also be
used to dislodge trapped oil and divert or herd it to containment and recovery area in low current stagnant
water bodies. However it may emulsify oil and when used near shore or in shallow waters may generate
high level of suspended sediments and mix them with the oil to deposit contaminated sediments in
benthic habitat.
Page 53 of 72
JANSZ-IO DRILLING
Development

Beware of explosive vapour, gas and fire hazards when approaching spills.
Gas monitoring must be conducted for Grade I oils to ensure there is no fire/explosion risk.
This technique should not be used with the heavier oils as the process will simply chop up / fragment the spill thereby
increasing the problem, not solving it.
(c)
Any spills that cannot be contained and are moving toward sensitive areas may have to be treated with
dispersant.
Dispersants should not be applied without the relevant prior approvals from DMP, unless there is immediate danger
to human life from fire and explosion, and this danger can be reduced by spraying dispersants.
Note: Due consideration should be given to safety at all times when handling or dealing with chemical
dispersants. Personnel must be familiar with instructions on the safe use of dispersants and follow the
relevant MSDS guidance.
Chemical dispersants can be applied by either vessels or aircraft. In the latter case either fixed wing
aircraft or helicopters can be used. Dispersants constitute one of the most effective ways of treating
large oil slicks and can be applied quickly after a spill has occurred. They have the added advantage
that, if effective, they can restrict the movement of oil towards shorelines.
The disadvantage of dispersants is that they have toxic properties and cause additional toxicity of the
dispersed oil. The underlying principle of dispersant use is that the benefits of applying the dispersant
should outweigh the threat posed by the untreated oil (eg if oil is moving towards environmentally
sensitive areas)
In the unlikely event that dispersants are required for this campaign they will be sourced through AMOS
Plan. Dispersant will not be specifically stored for this campaign.
AMSA in conjunction with the AIP (through AMOSC) have established a Fixed Wing Aerial Dispersant
Capability (FWADC) for the application of oil spill dispersants.
The FWADC is designed to complement informal dispersant spraying arrangements using helicopters,
which are confined to close inshore work.
Activation of the FWADC is through AMSAs Environment Protection Duty Officer, who can be contacted
via Australian Search and Rescue (AusSAR): Rescue Coordination Centre.
Aerial Dispersant Activation

1. Contact AMSA Environment Protection Duty Officer via AusSAR
Phone: 02 6230 6811
2. Follow up by faxed written request, fax to
Fax: 02 6230 6868
For further information on the use of chemical dispersants, procedures, and characteristics, refer to
Appendix E.
(d)
Mechanical containment and recovery operations are only effective:
In good weather conditions with winds of less than 15 knots, seas under 1.5 metres
and in currents of less than 0.8 knots.
If rapidly deployed so that containment can occur before the slick spreads.
Oil booms can be used to:
Prevent the spread of oil and to concentrate it in readiness for removal by skimmers
and sorbents;
Page 54 of 72
JANSZ-IO DRILLING
Development
Deflect spill from impacting sensitive resources.
In open water environment, containment and recovery is generally regarded as a less effective mean of
responding to an oil spill compared to dispersant based response because the mobilisation time,
encounter time, weather and logistics all serve to reduce the efficiency of the strategy.
Boom and skimmer equipment should be selected on the basis of performance under the prevailing
conditions, capacity, and how rapidly they can be deployed. The MOSES list in Appendix F provides a
full list of available equipment.
The Incident Controller shall decide if a containment & recovery strategy is feasible.
Resources and equipment can be sourced from AMOS Plan, NATPLAN and AMOSC (See Sec 7.5).
For additional information on onshore cleanup measures, consult the ExxonMobil Oil Spill Response
Field Manual (ExxonMobil, 2008).
(e)
In Situ burning
In Situ burning is a response method which is sometimes considered in open seas, depending on
weather and ocean conditions. Particular attention to the safety of personnel, facilities, shipping and
aircraft is required through specific well-defined operational procedures.
Oil must be effectively contained and concentrated in fire booms before an effective burn can be
established. This procedure is therefore subject to the same environmental constraints as containment
and recovery.
Concerns about air pollution and burn residues, the sea states in the NW Shelf and the general
unavailability of appropriate equipment make this an unlikely option.
Field Manual (ExxonMobil, 2008).
7.4.3
Onshore Response Methods
Sensitive resources close to shore can be identified using the Oil Spill Response Atlas (OSRA). OSRA is
a geographic information system that identifies marine habitats, foreshore types and biological resources
for the determination of protection priorities during an oil spill. It helps in determining sensitive shoreline
areas that could be impacted in the event of a spill, identifying areas for equipment deployment and
accessing a site or nearby equipment.
In the event of a spill, OSRA request can be made through AMSA Environment Protection Unit.
The priority for preserving shorelines, particularly sensitive areas is to prevent the oil reaching the shore
in the first place.
Booms can be used to protect sensitive areas either by keeping oil from impacting on shorelines or by
diverting oil from a particularly sensitive area to a less sensitive area. Booms can also be used to contain
the floating oil.
If the spill reaches the coastline onshore clean up measures need to be taken. These include:
Raking of beaches to promote weathering and evaporation of oil;

Recovery using mechanical means;
Recovery using absorbents;
Application of National Plan approved dispersants.
Most of the islands in the immediate vicinity of the Permit Area have shorelines consisting of sandy
beaches and rocky outcrops and mangroves. Experience with light crudes in these environments
indicates that beaches are stained a light brown colour for only a short time as oil deposits are weathered
rapidly by tidal and wave action.
Manual clean-up (eg. raking, mechanical recovery of contaminated sand and application of absorbents)
will be the appropriate procedure to implement for most environmentally fragile beaches.
Dispersant use onshore is an undesirable option and requires prior approval from the Environment
Protection Authority (EPA) and the WA Department of Environment and Conservation (DEC), prior to
implementation.
Page 55 of 72
JANSZ-IO DRILLING
Development
Clean up crews that are sent to the islands should be aware of the large numbers of seabirds that nest on
the ground (eg. wedge tailed shearwaters) and the turtle nesting sites in soft sands behind the high tide
line of the beaches. Care must be taken not to disturb the nest sites wherever possible.
Field Manual (ExxonMobil, 2008). This manual includes details on how to respond on to various
shoreline types and near-shore habitats.
Appendix I provides a summary of the fate of oil on regional shoreline types and appropriate clean-up
strategies which may be applicable.
A number of options exist for the treatment of oil that has been released into the marine environment.
The response options that may be considered as part of this contingency plan include
surveillance
control and recovery
application of dispersant
shoreline cleanup
bioremediation.
Bioremediation will only be undertaken in limited circumstances and in consultation with the DMP,
Combat/ Statutory Agency and other stakeholders.
7.5
Equipment Available for Response
If equipment is needed it for a response it can be made available from several sources as outlined below.
The Jansz-Io Contact Directory [ExxonMobil, 2011(d)] lists relevant numbers.
7.5.1
National Plan Equipment
NATPLAN has its own equipment and resources administered by AMSA. Equipment is provided for use
as part of the National Plan. This is located at strategic sites around the Australian coast and includes
stocks of dispersants, spray equipment, booms, skimmers, etc.
7.5.2
WestPlan MOP
State Emergency Management Plan for Marine Oil Pollution (WESTPLAN MOP) is administered by the
National Plan State Committee for Combating Marine Oil Pollution (or abbreviated to National Plan State
Committee - formerly called the State Combat Committee). WestPlan-MOP is activated if the spill occurs
by a vessel in WA state waters. WestPlan-MOP supports the national Plan and is administered by the
State Marine Pollution Committee and can be activated by contacting the committee.
WestPlan-MOP can be activate by calling 08 9480 9924 (24hr pager)

A response to a marine oil spill incident beyond ExxonMobil handling capacity can be supported by the
activation of this Plan, which utilises State Government resources and stockpiled Commonwealth
Government resources. It is totally integrated with the Commonwealth NatPlan.
The same committee administers the Western Australian Marine Oil Pollution Emergency Management
Plan and the National Plan within WA.
In the event of a large spill, assistance from this plan may be activated by any of the members of the
National Plan State Committee or the Department of Transport (DOT) Marine Emergency Operations
Centre, typically:
the ESG Leader contacting the DOT Marine Emergency Operations Centre / National
Plan State Committee;
AMOSPlan contacting the National Plan State Committee; or
the National Plan State Committee responding to news of the spill.
The operation of the Western Australian Marine Oil Pollution Emergency Management Plan is described
in the Plan Manual issued by the WA DOT.
Page 56 of 72
JANSZ-IO DRILLING
Development
The ExxonMobil Incident Controller for an oil spill response initiated by ExxonMobil will normally be the
ESG Leader. An Oil Spill Commander may be appointed by National Plan State Committee to provide
advice and assistance as required. In some circumstances, ExxonMobil personnel and resources may be
placed at the disposal of the nominated Oil Spill Commander.
7.5.3
AMOS Plan
ExxonMobil is a participating company in AMOS Plan. AMOS Plan is formed for the benefit of companies
which explore, produce or transport oil. It provides a framework whereby participating companies can
provide assistance to one another in the event of an oil spill. Assistance may be in the form of advice,
equipment, personnel, local knowledge (sensitive areas, other contacts, and other available equipment),
technical assistance, response techniques etc. AMOSC has its own equipment which is available for
use. It is primarily designed for major spills (Tier 3) and consists of a central stockpile held at Geelong,
Victoria and can be transported as needed.
The AMOSPlan database contains information on equipment, services, consumables (e.g. dispersants)
that are essential in responding to an emergency situation. This information is updated quarterly (Refer
to the AMOSPlan Manual). Contact details for service providers can also be found in the AMOSPlan
database.
AMOS Plan can be activated by a company call out request made directly to AMOSC when the response
to an oil spill incident is regarded by the company as requiring resources beyond those of the company
itself.
Each participating company (in AMOS Plan) has a nominated Mutual Aid Contact. The EAPLs Mutual
Aid Contact has access to numbers for the other participating companies. Activation occurs by the ESG
contacting the Mutual Aid Contact of the company from which assistance is being requested.
7.5.4
Affiliate Assistance
ExxonMobil is also able to call on its international affiliates to provide assistance. Regional Response
Teams are organised to provide assistance as necessary.
7.5.5
Central database of response equipment (MOSES)
All the equipment from the sources noted above is listed in a central database, the Marine Oil Spill
Equipment System (MOSES). For an extract from this database relevant to the Jansz-Io drilling
campaign refer Appendix F. MOSES is administered by AMSA.
7.5.6
Mutual Aid Agreement
ExxonMobil is also a signatory to the Mutual Aid Memorandum of Understanding (MoU) between
members of the Australian Petroleum Production and Exploration Association (APPEA) to put in place a
framework for deploying and sharing equipment and personnel in responding to a significant offshore
petroleum incident.
7.5.7
Oil & Gas Producers Association
ExxonMobil is a participant in the Oil & Gas Producers Association (OGP) sponsored Subsea Well
Response Project (SWRP) which is developing equipment that could be used for capping of uncontrolled
subsea hydrocarbon releases. A system is expected to be available for use by the end of 2012.
7.6
Response Escalation Criteria
The LOR shall immediately notify the Statutory Agency at any time during a spill response if the spill is, or
may be beyond the capacity of the resources available to ExxonMobil.
Factors to be considered in determining this are:
Size of the spill the volume spilled (or likely to be spilled) beyond Tier 1 spill (greater
than approximately 12,000 L);
Characteristics of the oil the type of oil may be one for which specialist response
expertise or equipment is needed;
Location of the spill the location of the spill may be difficult to reach, may be in the
proximity of shoreline or sensitive resources, or may require specialized equipment;
Page 57 of 72
JANSZ-IO DRILLING
Development
Nature or extent of the impacts of the spill any combination of oil type and character,
spill location, environmental conditions, shoreline type, and proximity to sensitive
resources that could influence the size of any impacts created.
If the response is:

a) assessed to be, or
b) escalates to a stage where it is beyond ExxonMobil capabilities (Tier 2 or Tier 3), then:
1. Notify Statutory Agency of intent to escalate Response Tier
Note: The Statutory Agency (DMP) may request AMSA to take over the Combat Agency role
as required. In that situation, a government or industry nominee will assume control and lead the
response operation as the Incident Controller.
2. Liaise with Statutory Agency and support response as directed
7.6.1
ExxonMobil Role in Tier 2 or Tier 3 Response
Under an escalation scenario, ExxonMobil response teams would remain active in order to support the
response. The newly appointed Incident Controller would initiate response by activating the appropriate
contingency plan. Additional support, from government agencies and organisations may be sourced,
which may include but are not limited to, Environmental Protection Authority (EPA), Fire and Emergency
Services, Police, Australian Maritime Safety Authority, industry and contractors.
Figure 7.6 provides the decision making flowchart for determining the appropriate Combat Agency in the
event of a spill from an oil industry facility
Page 58 of 72
JANSZ-IO DRILLING
Development
Figure 7.6 Determination of Oil Spill Response Combat Agency and ExxonMobils role
Oil spill at industry facility

Oil spill at industry facility

role
Yes
Advise Statutory Agency

Can spill be handled by own
Can
spill be handled by own
resources?
resources?
No
Can spill be handled by own
resources together with
other industry assistance?
(TIER 2)
Yes

role
No
Hand over Combat Agency
role to Statutory Agency and
support as directed
Mobilise own resources

Is industry mutual aid
required
Yes
Contact appropriate MACs

for support
Advise AMOSC
Advise AMOSC
No
Are AMOSCs own
resources required? (tier 2/3)
Yes
Mobilise AMOSC
No
Combat Agency manages

spill clean-up
Page 59 of 72
JANSZ-IO DRILLING
Development
8.
INCIDENT REPORTING
All oil spills must be logged and the log forwarded to the ExxonMobil Drilling Superintendent.
All hydrocarbon spills over 80 L must be immediately reported to the Drilling Superintendent. The Drilling
Superintendent will notify the Drilling Manager.
The initial information required by the Drilling Superintendent is as follows;
i. Time and place of spill;
ii. Type of oil spill and quantity;
iii. Cause of spill;
iv. Action taken to control the spill; and
v. Damage assessment.
All overboard spills greater than 80 L must be immediately reported to the Department of Mines and
Petroleum (DMP) and to DoT if in state waters. Refer to Figure 8.1
Telephone: DMP Environment Branch Duty Officer - 0419 960 621 (24hr)
Telephone: DoT - 08 9480 9924
There is also a requirement to notify AMSA as follows;
All oil pollution incidents in Commonwealth waters must be reported to the Australian
Maritime Safety Authority (AMSA) (via Australian Search and Rescue (AusSar)), under
Marine Notice 1/1996.
Any spills greater than 10 tonnes (12,000 L) in Commonwealth waters must be reported
to AMSA (via AusSar) within one hour, via the national 24 hour emergency notification.
Telephone: AMSA - 1800 641 792
or
02 6230 6811
[24hrs]
All emergencies relating to the Jansz-Io drilling campaign shall be reported and subsequently internally
investigated and as per the EMDC OIMS Drilling Manual Element 9, Incident Investigation & Analysis
(ExxonMobil 2010). Incident Reporting forms D010 and D020 will need to be completed by the
ExxonMobil Drilling Supervisor.
The incident classification shall be determined by referencing the EMDC OIMS Drilling Manual- Incident
Investigation & Analysis.
Incident investigation will be led by a nominated representative from ExxonMobil. The investigation team
will be led by the Drilling Supervisor and will consist of Transocean personnel as agreed by the
Operations Superintendent and the Transocean Rig Manager. The ExxonMobil Drilling Supervisor shall
be responsible for completing the Incident Report and forwarding the completed report to ExxonMobil
Operations Superintendent who shall review and forward to the ExxonMobil Field Drilling Manager,
Transocean Rig Manager and the ExxonMobil-ESG Leader.
Page 60 of 72
JANSZ-IO DRILLING
Development
Figure 8.1:
DMP Notification Flowchart
OIM MODU
ExxonMobil Drilling
Operations supervisor
contacts ExxonMobil
DIMT Leader
(03) 9270 3604
YES
ExxonMobil DIMT
Leader to agree if
Regulator notification
is required
ExxonMobil DIMT
Leader reviews and
submits to DPI
DMP 24hr Incident
Notification Number
HOLD
Contact Made
Record evidence of
conversation
NO
Proceed with
internal reporting
process only
Drilling Supervisor completes

Incident Notification form and
forwards via fax/e-mail to
ExxonMobil DIMT Leader
(03) 9270 3546
Record evidence of report to
regulator on Wellview Daily
Drilling Report
Transocean Manager
and/or Rig Manager
(Onshore)
(08) 6363 8910
DIMT Leader informs

EAPL ESG Leader of
incident
(03) 9270 3998
ExxonMobil must give notice, orally or in writing, of a reportable
incident to the Designated Authority, including all material details of
the incident that are reasonably available to the operator as soon as
practicable, but within 2 hours after:
1. The first occurrence of the incident; or
2. If the reportable incident was not detected at the time of the first
occurrence the time that ExxonMobil becomes aware of the
reportable incident.
ExxonMobil will provide written reports on any reportable incidents to
DMP within three days of the first occurrence of the reportable incident
and will maintain a record of each report and details of any corrective
action taken.
A reportable incident for this campaign is:
* 80 litres or more of hydrocarbon or hazardous chemical discharged
to sea.
* An unplanned gaseous release to atmosphere of 500m3 or more.
* Injury or death to individual(s) from a Listed Species (Refer
Appendix B of the Environment Plan).
* Unplanned impact caused to a matter of national environmental
significance.
Page 61 of 72
JANSZ-IO DRILLING
Development
Page 62 of 72
JANSZ-IO DRILLING
Development
9.
WILDLIFE PROTECTION AND RESCUE GUIDELINES
Wildlife rescue/rehabilitation may be required as part of the oil spill response activities. Rescue programs
must not place people at unreasonable risk. The success of a rescue program depends on the level of
cooperation with government agencies and wildlife rehabilitators.
AMSA has developed a National Guidelines for the Development of Oiled Wildlife Response Contingency
Plans, with the objective to provide guidance for the immediate and effective protection, rescue, cleaning
and rehabilitation of birds, marine mammals, their habitat, and other wildlife resources that are harmed or
potentially harmed by a marine oil spill. This is further supported by detailed State/NT internal
arrangements. The guidelines are available at:
www.amsa.gov.au/Marine_Environment_Protection/National_Plan/General_Information/Oiled_Wildlife/Wi
ldlife.pdf.
9.1
Rescue Principles
Wildlife rescue/rehabilitation may be required as part of the oil spill response activities. Important
considerations in any wildlife response are to:
Ensure the safety of personnel.

Coordinate with the proper agencies and experienced rehabilitation organizations.
Capture of and care for oiled wildlife can be a hazardous activity and a rescue program will be successful
only if people are not placed at unreasonable risk.
Following a significant oil spill, where there is a threat to wildlife, the Statutory Agency must be notified
immediately.
The most effective method for protecting wildlife populations is to minimize potential exposure to surface
oil. Hence, the primary response strategy for wildlife protection shall be controlling the release and
spread of spilled oil to reduce the risk of exposure to species and/or habitat.
Wildlife deterrent techniques can also be used to move wildlife from locations that are in the projected
pathway of spilled oil. Deterrent must be planned and executed carefully so the wildlife will not move into
other oiled areas. Deterrent techniques include:
Noise, including shotgun, air horns, alarm sounds, etc;

Scare devices, including helium-filled balloons and scarecrows on oiled beaches;
Herding wildlife using aircraft, boats, or other vehicles; and
Human presence.
Potential impacts of deterrent program shall also be considered, especially on sensitive habitats or
species.
For additional information on wildlife response, consult the ExxonMobil Oil Spill Response Field Manual
(ExxonMobil, 2008).
9.2
Contact Details
Table 8.1 contains the relevant contact details for the Western Australian Wildlife Response Plan for Oil
Spills for wildlife protection and rescue.
Table 8.1:
Wildlife Rescue Contact Details
Local Government Agency

Department of Environment
and Conservation
Pilbara Regional office

Mardie Road
Karratha Industrial Estate
PO Box 835 Karratha WA 6714
Office: 08 9182 2000

Fax: 08 9144 1118
Page 63 of 72
JANSZ-IO DRILLING
Development
10.
WASTE MANAGEMENT
10.1
Storage and Disposal of Wastes
Waste disposal is a major oil spill response consideration. For large spills, the waste volumes generated
can be as great as the amount of oil spilled and in same cases considerably more.
Each type of waste has a different optional disposal method and it is important to:
Segregate wastes by type;

Minimise the quantity of each type;
Avoid mixing hazardous and non-hazardous wastes together to prevent creating a larger
volume of hazardous waste;
Label all waste containers and identify the source.
The first rule in waste collection is to minimise the contamination of clean materials with oiled materials.
All wastes which are oil contaminated should be considered as prescribed wastes. Prescribed wastes
require regulated handling, storage, treatment and disposal.
The mixing of oily wastes with other wastes results in increasing the quantity of prescribed wastes so this
should be avoided wherever possible.
The Transocean DWF will stock waste bins and Heavy poly bags to contain waste.
additional materials and equipment see Section 44.
For sourcing
The temporary storage, transport, treatment and disposal of waste material must be managed to
maximise the effectiveness of cleanup activities and protect the environment. To undertake this task:
The Western Australian Department of Environment and Conservation (DEC) will be

consulted on all significant waste management matters.
Permits and approvals (for transport, storage and disposal) may be required and this can be
achieved through the waste management contractor ToxFree.
Wastes awaiting disposal must be stored in a suitable manner to prevent odour, soil and
ground water pollution and run off from the site.
If the spill creates significant amounts of waste the Waste Management Coordinator will
develop a Waste Management Sub-Plan.
Suggested segregation of waste material is outlined in Table 9.1 Waste Segregation.

Table 9.1:
Waste Segregation
Types of Wastes
Liquid
Solid
Special wastes
Segregation
Disposal Methods
Oily
Further segregate for final disposal
Non oily
Process through licensed plant or other approved method
Oily
Non oily
Transport to shore for disposal at a licensed landfill
Hazardous
Continue to segregate and handle in accordance with regulations
Non hazardous
Maintain as separate waste stream until disposed
Transport to central waste processing centre

Further segregate for final disposal
Response to spills that will involve storing wastes for more than a few days should include:
a thorough review of the applicable laws

development of storage and disposal plans
permit acquisition.
Waste should be disposed of according to its type. Disposal options in order of preference are:
Page 64 of 72
JANSZ-IO DRILLING
Development
Recovery, recycling, reprocessing

Land farming
Land fill
Incineration.
Prescribed waste must be disposed of at approved disposal sites.

Consult the ExxonMobil Oil Spill Response Field Manual (ExxonMobil, 2008) for additional guidance.
Additional information is provided in the National Plan document Management and Disposal of Oil Spill
Debris, available on the AMSA National Plan website:
www.amsa.gov.au/marine_environment_protection/National_Plan/Supporting_Documents/Management_
and_disposal_of_oil_spill_debris.asp.
Page 65 of 72
JANSZ-IO DRILLING
Development
11.
HEALTH AND SAFETY PLAN
This chapter provides information to ensure the health and safety of all personnel involved in the Jansz-Io
drilling campaign during an oil spill response.
It is ExxonMobil policy to conduct its business in a manner that protects the safety of employees, others
involved in its operations, customers, and the public. ExxonMobil objective is to prevent all accidents,
injuries, and occupational illnesses through the active participation of every employee in safe working
practices. ExxonMobil is committed to continuous efforts to identify and eliminate or manage safety risks
associated with its activities.
The site safety plan and the guidelines in the ExxonMobil Oil Spill Response Field Manual Section 2 must
be followed during response operations [ExxonMobil, 2008].
11.1
Site Safety Plan
Response managers and supervisors are responsible to ensure that at all times human life, health and
safety is paramount. The degree of risk associated with clean up operations will depend on:
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
(v)
type of oil spilled;

size of the spill;
location of the spill;
circumstances of the spill; and
weather conditions.
Fresh crude oil and refined petroleum products are capable of giving off flammable gases. Fire and
explosion, therefore, remains a real danger to personnel and equipment, particularly when fresh crude oil
and certain refined products are situated in confined locations. In addition spilled materials and
chemicals which may be used for cleanup have the potential to be hazardous to health.
At all times response managers should be aware of the limitations and safe operating procedures for all
equipment and chemicals used throughout the clean up operation.
A site specific safety plan should be developed. This should include briefing procedures and where
necessary, a risk assessment and details for induction.
The responsibility of developing the safety plan lies with the Operations function of the DIMT (see Section
3). Use of the standard assessment pro-forma in Tables 10.1 and 10.2 makes the task more structured
and comprehensive.
The elements of the safety plan are as follows:
Site characterization and control measures

Site hazard information
Site map
Monitoring program
Work Plan
Organization
Emergency Contacts
Tables 10.1 and 10.2 show the pro-forma of Site Safety and Health Plan.
The following guidelines should be followed:
Properly trained and experienced personnel must be used in responding wherever possible
Industrial Hygienists should be consulted on the appropriate measures to be taken where the
risk of exposure to spills is possible. The ESG has access to hygienists where needed.
MSDSs should be reviewed for health and safety hazards before spill material, dispersants or
other chemicals are handled.
Page 66 of 72
JANSZ-IO DRILLING
Development
11.2
Personal Protective Equipment
Appropriate PPE should be worn as assessed through the safety plan. The guidelines for required PPE
in the ExxonMobil Oil Spill Response Field Manual [ExxonMobil, 2008]], Section 2.3, must be followed
during response operations.
PPE is required for specific activities and is required during transit between sites or from berthing points
to activity sites. Certain items of PPE are mandatory and others are optional. The OHS Coordinator from
the IMT must advise site crew chiefs who must in turn inform their workers of PPE needs including policy
requirements for dispersant application.
Page 67 of 72
JANSZ-IO DRILLING
Development
Table 10.1 - Site Safety and Health Proforma

Introduction
1. Applies to Site:
2.
(dd/mm/yy):
Date
3. Incident :
4. Product(s):
(Attach MSDS)
Site Characterization and Control

5. Area:
Ocean
Bay
River
Saltmarsh
Mudflats
Sandy
Pebbles
Rocky
Cliffs
Docks
Commercial
Industrial
Farming
Public
Government
Recreational
Residential
Other
7. Weather:
Ice/Frost
Snow
Rain
Wind
Sun
8. PPE:
Foot Protection
Coverall
Head Protection
Impervious Suits
Eye protection
Personal Floatation
Ear Protection
Respirators
Hand Protection
Others: _____________________(Specified)
Zones Established
Decontamination Station
6. Use:
9. Site Boundaries
Site Hazard Information
10. Hazards :
Air
Operations
Chemicals
CO
Cold Stress
Fatigue
Heat Stress
Lifting
Lighting
Noise CO
Shoreline
Traps and
Mud
Radiation
Fire Risk
Oiled
Weather
Wildlife
UV
Water Tank
Vehicle
Monitoring
11. Gases :
%O2:
%LEL:
ppm Benzene:
ppm H2S:
Work Plan
12. Activity :
Booming
Skimming
Heavy
Equipment
Manual
Vacuum
Pumping
Excavation
Organization
13. Persons:
Title
Name
Radio
Incident Commander
Safety Officer
Site Supervisor
Other
Emergency Plan
14. Contact
Fire
Police
Ambulance
Doctor
Plan Completed
15. By :
Page 68 of 72
Hospital
JANSZ-IO DRILLING
Development
Table 10.2 - Site Safety and Health Proforma

Site Safety Map (Sketch)
Check the following :
Zone boundaries
Entry and exit points
Assembly points
Command post
Toilet and hygiene
facilities
First aid equipment
Fire extinguishers
Equipment storage
areas
Eating and resting
areas
Specific hazards
North arrow
Scale
Page 69 of 72
JANSZ-IO DRILLING
Development
12.
TERMINATION OF RESPONSE
12.1
Decision to Terminate
The decision to terminate the response will be made by the Incident Controller in conjunction with the
appropriate authorities. This decision to terminate the response will be dictated by several factors
including but not limited to:
12.2
The continued effectiveness of the current clean up procedures;

Any potential for additional pollution;
An assessment whether further clean up action will increase any environmental damage;
Whether the prevailing weather conditions will be effective in removing oil deposits;
Whether the oil spill clean up has effectively been completed.
Final Actions
Upon conclusion of the response, the following tasks are to be undertaken by the DIMT:
12.3
advise all relevant personnel and contractors;

advise all relevant government authorities;
prepare detailed reports and collate all documents including statements concerned with the
incident (follow OIMS incident investigation procedure and a concurrent incident investigation
may be initiated under the Transocean Incident Management Procedure);
undertake an inventory of consumables and prepare accounts for dissemination;
confirm that equipment has not been damaged in use;
arrange for the recovery and return of equipment to various locations from which it may have
been dispatched;
arrange for the refurbishment of consumed equipment and stocks;
conduct an investigation in accordance with the Transocean Safety Case procedures; and
assess environmental monitoring requirements
ensure stewardship of documentation and adequate resourcing to manage long-term
environmental monitoring as well as ongoing insurance and legal matters.
Post Spill Environmental Monitoring and Restoration
Post-spill environmental surveys may be required to be organised by ExxonMobil to determine the

environmental effects i.e. the rate and success of recovery of the affected areas.
The extent and feasibility of environmental restoration of impacted areas will be determined. A
subsequent report detailing results of any monitoring surveys or restoration work will be produced and
submitted to relevant government authorities as is necessary.
ExxonMobil may also be required to participate in recovery activities to support the affected community in
reconstruction of the marine environment and infrastructure.
Page 70 of 72
JANSZ-IO DRILLING
Development
13.
REFERENCES
1.
AMSA, 2010. The Effects of Maritime Oil Spills on Wildlife including Non-Avian Marine Life.
National Maritime Emergency Response Arrangements, Australian Maritime Safety Authority
2.
APASA, 2002. Quantitative Assessment of Exposure Risk From Hypothetical Oil Spills From The
Proposed Jansz-2 and Jansz-3 Appraisal Wells. Permit Area WA-268-P. Report prepared for
MEPC, August 2002.
3.
APASA, 2011. J0107 - ExxonMobil Jansz-Io Hydrocarbon Risk Assessment. Asia Pacific Applied
Science Associates, 2011
4.
ASA, 2011. Impact of Deepwater Blowouts in the Gulf of Mexico on Oil Mass Balance and
Associated Spill Response. Applied Science Associates, February 2011,
5.
DCLM, 2002. Biodiversity Audit of Western Australia, 2002. Department of Conservation and
Land Management
6.
DoE, 2006. Pilbara coastal Water Quality Consultation Outcomes. Western Australian
Department of Environment - Marine Report Series
7.
DoT, 2010. Western Australia Department of Transport Oil Spill Contingency Plan
8.
IBA, 2005. Bird Life IBA Important Bird Areas Australia (ID26282, ID26474), 2005-2007
9.
IGA, 2002. Inter-Governmental Agreement on the National Plan to Combat Pollution of the Sea
by Oil and other Noxious and Hazardous Substances
10.
ExxonMobil 2011(a) Jansz-Io EP, 2011. Jansz-Io Environment Plan. ExxonMobil 2011. AUJZEDD-07-DR-511-R01-0071
11.
ExxonMobil 2011(b) Jansz-Io ERP, 2011. Jansz-Io Work Operator Emergency Response
Bridging Documentation
12.
ExxonMobil 2011(c) Jansz-Io HAZID, 2011. Jansz-Io Drill Programme Environmental Hazid and
Risk Assessment. ExxonMobil, 2011, AUJZ-EDD-07-DR-511-R01-0073
13.
ExxonMobil 2011(d) Jansz-Io Drilling Campaign Well Contact Directory (Rev 0)
14.
ERM V7. Esso Australia Pty Ltd Emergency Response Manual (ERM V7)
15.
ExxonMobil 2008. ExxonMobil Oil Spill Response Field Manual, ExxonMobil Research and
Engineering Company, 2008
16.
ExxonMobil 2010, ExxonMobil Drilling Operations Integrity Management System (OIMS),

ExxonMobil Development Company, Drilling (V2010)
17.
EMDC ER. ExxonMobil Development Company Emergency Response Guide (EMDC ER Guide
Rev1)
18.
EMURC, 2011, Metocean Criteria for Drilling at Jansz, Upstream Research Company Offshore
Function, ExxonMobil, 2011
19.
DWF SCR, 2011. Transocean HSE Safety Case Revision, Jansz-Io Drilling Campaign,
Transocean International, 2011
20.
NATPLAN, 2011. National Marine Oil Spill Contingency Plan, Australias National Plan to
Combat Pollution of the Sea by Oil and Other Noxious and Hazardous Substances AMSA
January 2011
21.
Pendoley, K.L., 2005, Sea Turtles and the Environmental Management of Industrial Activities in
North Western Australia, Thesis, for degree for Doctor of Philosophy, Murdoch University.
22.
SEWPAC, 2011. EPBC Act Protected Matters Report in Species Profile and Threats Database,
Department of Sustainability, Environment, Water, Population and Communities (2011),
23.
SEWPAC, 2011(b). EPBC Act Protected Matters Report in Species Profile and Threats Database
Diomedea exulans exulans Tristan Albatross, Department of Sustainability, Environment, Water,
Population and Communities (2011)
Page 71 of 72
JANSZ-IO DRILLING
Development
24.
SEWPAC, 2011(c). EPBC Act Protected Matters Report in Species Profile and Threats Database
Macronectes giganteus - Southern Giant Petrel, Department of Sustainability, Environment,
Water, Population and Communities (2011)
25.
WESTPLAN-MOP 2010, Western Australian State Emergency Management Plan for Marine Oil
Pollution (WESTPLAN-MOP). Prepared by the Western Australian Department of Transport
26.
UUOA, 2009. Jansz-Io Unitisation and Unit Operating Agreement, 2009. Parties of the Unit
Operating Agreement Doc. DMS 091540028
Page 72 of 72
Jansz-Io Drilling
Appendix A.
APPENDICES
Forms
This Appendix contains the following forms:
FORM
PURPOSE
1.
Marine Pollution Incident Report Form (POLREP)
Report details of the incident for initial assessment

and planning.
2.
Marine Pollution Situation Report (SITREP)
Detailed incident reporting form to be sent to

relevant authorities.
3.
OSTM Form
To run Oil Spill Trajectory Modelling to predict the

behaviour of various oils in the water column based
on wind and tidal data.
4.
ADIOS Request Form
To utilise the software Automated Data Inquiry for

Oil Spill (ADIOS) to assess the changes spilled oil
undergoes during weathering.
5.
ADIOS Proforma Form
To supply data required to run ADIOS Oil weather

model
6.
Aerial Observation Report Form
To record aerial surveillance flight observations.
7.
Status Update: Environmental Resources at Risk
To document and authorise inputs and changes to

the respective Status Boards.
8.
Status Update: Wildlife Status
Once Status boards have been updated these

forms would be sent to the Records Unit/Finance
and Administration Section for filing.
Jansz-Io Drilling
1. POLREP
On line access to this form is available at:
http://www.transport.wa.gov.au/mediafiles/mar_polrep_dot_0610.pdf
POLREP Page 1 of 2
POLREP - Page 2 of 2
APPENDICES
Jansz-Io Drilling
2. SITREP
On line access to this form is available at:
APPENDICES
Jansz-Io Drilling
http://www.transport.wa.gov.au/mediaFiles/mar_strep-dot_0710.pdf
SITREP - Page 1 of 2
SITREP - Page 1 of 2
APPENDICES
Jansz-Io Drilling
3. OSTM
APPENDICES
Jansz-Io Drilling
APPENDICES
Online submission of this form is preferable. If you have difficulty submitting this form, you may print it
out and fax it to (02) 6230 6868. Online access of this form available at:
http://www.amsa.gov.au/Marine_Environment_Protection/National_plan/General_Information/Oil_Spill_Traje
ctory_Model/Request.asp
OSTM Page 1 of 2
OSTM Page 2 of 2
Jansz-Io Drilling
APPENDICES
Jansz-Io Drilling
APPENDICES
4. ADIOS Request Form

Print this form, complete the details, and fax to 02 6279 5076
Online access to this form available at:
http://www.amsa.gov.au/Marine_Environment_Protection/National_plan/Environment_and_Scient
ific_Coordinators_Toolbox/ADIOS/ADIOSData_Required_to_Run_ADIOS_Oil_Weather_Model.asp
ADIOS - Page 1 of 2
ADIOS - Page 2 of 2
Jansz-Io Drilling
APPENDICES
Jansz-Io Drilling
APPENDICES
5. ADIOS Proforma Form

Print this form, complete the details, and fax to 02 6279 5076
Online access to this form available at:
http://www.amsa.gov.au/Marine_Environment_Protection/National_plan/Environment_and_S
cientific_Coordinators_Toolbox/ADIOS/Amend_ADIOS_Oil_Properties_Pro_Forma.asp
ADIOS Proforma - Page 1 of 2
Jansz-Io Drilling
ADIOS Proforma - Page 2 of 2
5. Aerial Observation Report Form
APPENDICES
Jansz-Io Drilling
APPENDICES
AERIAL OBSERVATION REPORT

INCIDENT:
REF. NO:
DATE:
TIME:
ATTACHMENTS:
NO. OF PAGES:
FROM:
OBSERVERS NAME:
POSITION:
AIRCRAFT:
PILOT NAME:
AREA/REGION:
SLICK POSITION:
(24HR)
TIME:
LATITUDE:
(24hr)
LONGITUDE:
OTHER:
SLICK
DESCRIPTION:
SLICK LENGTH:
PERCENTAGE COVER / COLOUR
SLICK WIDTH:
AREA:
km2
CLEAN SURFACE
SILVER SHEEN
RAINBOW / IRIDESCENCE
DULL COLOURS
DARK BROWN / BLACK
LIGHT BROWN (EMULSION)
OTHER DESCRIPTION / NOTES

MOVEMENT /
BEHAVIOUR:
VISIBILITY:
WEATHER
CLOUD COVER / HEIGHT
OTHER NOTES:
AREA / REGION:
SLICK POSITION:
TIME:
LATITUDE
(24 HR)
LONGITUDE
OTHER
SLICK
DESCRIPTION:
SLICK LENGTH
PERCENTAGE COVER / COLOUR
SLICK WIDTH
km2
%
SILVER SHEEN
RAINBOW / IRIDESCENCE
DULL COLOURS
DARK BROWN / BLACK
LIGHT BROWN (EMULSION)
MOVEMENT /
BEHAVIOUR:
WEATHER
AREA
CLEAN SURFACE
OTHER DESCRIPTION / NOTES:
VISIBILITY:
CLOUD COVER / HEIGHT
Jansz-Io Drilling
APPENDICES
6. Status Update: Environmental Resources at Risk Forms

Form A
STATUS UPDATE: ENVIRONMENTAL RESOURCES AT RISK

INCIDENT:
REF. NO:
DATE:
TIME:
DATE
TIME
SEGMENT/
SENSITIVE RESOURCES/
LOCATION
AREA
OTHER DETAILS
(24HR)
PRIORITY
PROTECTION
CLEANUP
Jansz-Io Drilling
APPENDICES
Form B
STATUS UPDATE: WILDLIFE STATUS

INCIDENT:
REF. NO:
DATE:
TIME:
FOUND
SPECIES
OTHER DETAILS
LOCATION
(24HR)
HELD FOR CLEANING

ALIVE
DEAD
(NO.)
(NO.)
LOCATION
SPECIES
HELD
RELEASED
(NO.)
(NO.)
Jansz-Io Drilling
Appendix B.
APPENDICES
EPBC Protected Matters Report
EPBC Act Protected Matters Report: Coordinates

This report provides general guidance on matters of national environmental significance and other matters
protected by the EPBC Act in the area you have selected.
Information on the coverage of this report and qualifications on data supporting this report are contained
in the caveat at the end of the report.
Information about the EPBC Act including significance guidelines, forms and application process details
can be found at http://www.environment.gov.au/epbc/assessmentsapprovals/index.html
Report created: 18/06/11 17:01:15
Summary
Details
Matters of NES
Other matters protected by
the EPBC Act
Extra Information
Caveat
Acknowledgements
This map may contain data which are
Commonwealth of Australia (Geoscience
Australia), PSMA 2010
Coordinates
Buffer: 1.0Km
Summary
Matters of National Environmental Significance
This part of the report summarises the matters of national environmental significance that may occur in,
or may relate to, the area you nominated. Further information is available in the detail part of the report,
which can be accessed by scrolling or following the links below. If you are proposing to undertake an
activity that may have a significant impact on one or more matters of national environmental significance
then you should consider the Administrative Guidelines on Significance - see
http://www.environment.gov.au/epbc/assessmentsapprovals/guidelines/index.html.
World Heritage Properties:
National Heritage Places:
Wetlands of International
None
Significance (Ramsar
Wetlands):
Great Barrier Reef Marine
None
Park:
Commonwealth Marine Areas: Relevant
Threatened Ecological
Communitites:
Threatened Species:
None
Migratory Species:
62
56
Other Matters Protected by the EPBC Act

This part of the report summarises other matters protected under the Act that may relate to the area you
nominated. Approval may be required for a proposed activity that significantly affects the environment on
Commonwealth land, when the action is outside the Commonwealth land, or the environment anywhere
when the action is taken on Commonwealth land. Approval may also be required for the Commonwealth
or Commonwealth agencies proposing to take an action that is likely to have a significant impact on the
environment anywhere.
The EPBC Act protects the environment on Commonwealth land, the environment from the actions taken
on Commonwealth land, and the environment from actions taken by Commonwealth agencies. As
heritage values of a place are part of the 'environment', these aspects of the EPBC Act protect the
Commonwealth Heritage values of a Commonwealth Heritage place and the heritage values of a place on
the Register of the National Estate. Information on the new heritage laws can be found at
http://www.environment.gov.au/heritage/index.html
Please note that the current dataset on Commonwealth land is not complete. Further information on
Commonwealth land would need to be obtained from relevant sources including Commonwealth
agencies, local agencies, and land tenure maps.
A permit may be required for activities in or on a Commonwealth area that may affect a member of a
listed threatened species or ecological community, a member of a listed migratory species, whales and
other cetaceans, or a member of a listed marine species. Information on EPBC Act permit requirements
and application forms can be found at http://www.environment.gov.au/epbc/permits/index.html.
Commonwealth Lands:
10
Commonwealth Heritage
Places:
Listed Marine Species:
5
119
Whales and Other Cetaceans: 29
Critical Habitats:
None
Commonwealth Reserves:
Report Summary for Extra Information

This part of the report provides information that may also be relevant to the area you have nominated.
Place on the RNE:
72
State and Territory Reserves: 61

Regional Forest Agreements: None
Invasive Species:
11
Nationally Important
Wetlands:
Details
Matters of National Environmental Significance
World Heritage Properties
Name
Shark Bay, Western Australia
WA
[ Resource Information ]
Status
Declared property
National Heritage Places
Name
Status
Natural
Shark Bay, Western Australia Listed place
WA
The Ningaloo Coast WA
Listed place
Barrow Island and the
Nominated place
Montebello-Barrow
Historic
Dirk Hartog Landing Site 1616 - Listed place
Cape
Commonwealth Marine Areas
Approval may be required for a proposed activity that is likely to have a significant impact on the
environment in a Commonwealth Marine Area, when the action is outside the Commonwealth Marine
Area, or the environment anywhere when the action is taken within the Commonwealth Marine Area.
Generally the Commonwealth Marine Area stretches from three nautical miles to two hundred nautical
miles from the coast.
EEZ and Territorial Sea
Threatened Species
Name
BIRDS
Acanthiza iredalei iredalei
Slender-billed Thornbill
(western) [25967]
Anous tenuirostris melanops
Australian Lesser Noddy
Status
Type of Presence
Vulnerable
Species or species habitat likely to occur within area
Vulnerable
Species or species habitat may occur within area
[26000]
Diomedea exulans exulans
Tristan Albatross [82337]
Endangered
Foraging, feeding or related behaviour may occur within

area
Leipoa ocellata
Malleefowl [934]
Vulnerable
Southern Giant-Petrel [1060]
Endangered
Macronectes halli
Northern Giant-Petrel [1061]
Vulnerable
Malurus leucopterus edouardi
White-winged Fairy-wren
Vulnerable
(Barrow Island), Barrow Island
Black-and-white Fairy-wren
[26194]
Malurus leucopterus leucopterus
White-winged Fairy-wren (Dirk Vulnerable
Hartog Island), Dirk Hartog
Black-and-White Fairy-wren
[26004]
Pterodroma mollis
Soft-plumaged Petrel [1036]
Vulnerable
Thalassarche carteri
Indian Yellow-nosed Albatross Vulnerable
[64464]
Thalassarche cauta cauta
Shy Albatross, Tasmanian Shy Vulnerable
Albatross [82345]
FISH
Milyeringa veritas
Blind Gudgeon [66676]
Vulnerable
Ophisternon candidum
Blind Cave Eel [66678]
Vulnerable
MAMMALS
Blue Whale [36]
Endangered
Bettongia lesueur lesueur
Burrowing Bettong (Shark Bay), Vulnerable
Boodie [66659]
Bettongia lesueur unnamed subsp.
Burrowing Bettong (Barrow and Vulnerable
Boodie Islands), Boodie [66660]
Bettongia penicillata ogilbyi
Woylie [66844]
Endangered


area

Species or species habitat known to occur within area
Dasycercus cristicauda
Mulgara [328]
Vulnerable
Dasyurus hallucatus
Northern Quoll [331]
Endangered
Eubalaena australis
Southern Right Whale [40]
Isoodon auratus barrowensis
Golden Bandicoot (Barrow
Island) [66666]
Endangered
Vulnerable
Lagorchestes conspicillatus conspicillatus

Spectacled Hare-wallaby
Vulnerable
(Barrow Island) [66661]
Lagorchestes hirsutus bernieri
Rufous Hare-wallaby (Bernier Vulnerable
Island) [66662]
Lagorchestes hirsutus dorreae
Rufous Hare-wallaby (Dorre
Island) [66663]
Vulnerable
Lagostrophus fasciatus fasciatus

Banded Hare-wallaby, Marnine, Vulnerable
Munning [66664]
Leporillus conditor
Wopilkara, Greater Stick-nest Vulnerable
Rat [137]
Macropus robustus isabellinus
Barrow Island Wallaroo, BarrowVulnerable
Island Euro [26196]
Macrotis lagotis
Greater Bilby [282]
Vulnerable
Megaptera novaeangliae
Humpback Whale [38]
Vulnerable
Neophoca cinerea
Australian Sea-lion [22]
Vulnerable
Perameles bougainville bougainville
Western Barred Bandicoot
Endangered
(Shark Bay) [66631]
Petrogale lateralis lateralis
Black-flanked Rock-wallaby
[66647]
Vulnerable
Pseudomys fieldi
Shark Bay Mouse, Djoongari, Vulnerable
Alice Springs Mouse [113]
Rhinonicteris aurantia (Pilbara form)
Pilbara Leaf-nosed Bat [82790] Vulnerable
OTHER
Lasionectes exleyi
a cave-dwelling remipede
crustacean [64467]
Vulnerable
Congregation or aggregation known to occur within

area
PLANTS
Caladenia barbarella
Small Dragon Orchid, Common Endangered
Dragon Orchid [68686]
Caladenia bryceana subsp. cracens
Northern Dwarf Spider-orchid Vulnerable
[64556]
Eucalyptus beardiana
Beard's Mallee [18933]
Endangered
Hypocalymma longifolium
[8081]
Endangered
Pityrodia augustensis
Mt Augustus Foxglove [4962]
Vulnerable
Vulnerable
Vulnerable
Stachystemon nematophorus
Three-flowered Stachystemon
[81447]
REPTILES
Aprasia rostrata rostrata
Hermite Island Worm-lizard
[64481]
Caretta caretta
Loggerhead Turtle [1763]
Endangered
Chelonia mydas
Green Turtle [1765]
Vulnerable
Ctenotus angusticeps
Airlie Island Ctenotus [25937] Vulnerable
Ctenotus zastictus
Hamelin Ctenotus [25570]
Leatherback Turtle, Leathery
Turtle, Luth [1768]
Egernia stokesii aethiops
Baudin Island Spiny-tailed
Skink [26192]
Egernia stokesii badia
Western Spiny-tailed Skink
[64483]
Eretmochelys imbricata
Hawksbill Turtle [1766]
Liasis olivaceus barroni
Olive Python (Pilbara
subspecies) [66699]
Natator depressus
Flatback Turtle [59257]
SHARKS
Breeding known to occur within area

Vulnerable
Endangered
Vulnerable
Endangered
Vulnerable
Vulnerable
Vulnerable
Carcharias taurus (west coast population)

Grey Nurse Shark (west coast Vulnerable
population) [68752]
Carcharodon carcharias
Great White Shark [64470]
Vulnerable
Pristis clavata
Dwarf Sawfish, Queensland
Vulnerable
Sawfish [68447]
Rhincodon typus
Whale Shark [66680]
Vulnerable

Migratory Species
Name
Migratory Marine Birds
Apus pacificus
Fork-tailed Swift [678]
Ardea alba
Great Egret, White Egret
[59541]
Ardea ibis
Cattle Egret [59542]
Diomedea dabbenena
Status
Endangered
Macronectes halli
Vulnerable
Puffinus pacificus
Wedge-tailed Shearwater [1027]
Sterna anaethetus
Bridled Tern [814]
Sterna caspia
Caspian Tern [59467]
Indian Yellow-nosed Albatross Vulnerable
[64464]
Thalassarche cauta (sensu stricto)
Shy Albatross, Tasmanian Shy
Albatross [64697]
Thalassarche chlororhynchos
Yellow-nosed Albatross,
Atlantic Yellow-nosed
Albatross, Indian Yellow-nosed
Albatross [66481]
Migratory Marine Species
Balaenoptera bonaerensis
Antarctic Minke Whale,
Dark-shoulder Minke Whale
[67812]
Balaenoptera edeni
Bryde's Whale [35]
Type of Presence

Breeding likely to occur within area

area
area

area
Blue Whale [36]
Carcharodon carcharias
Great White Shark [64470]
Caretta caretta
Chelonia mydas
Green Turtle [1765]
Leatherback Turtle, Leathery
Turtle, Luth [1768]
Dugong dugon
Dugong [28]
Eubalaena australis
Endangered
Vulnerable
Endangered
Vulnerable
Endangered
Vulnerable
Endangered
Isurus oxyrinchus
Shortfin Mako, Mako Shark
[79073]
Isurus paucus
Longfin Mako [82947]
Lagenorhynchus obscurus
Dusky Dolphin [43]
Humpback Whale [38]

Vulnerable

area
Natator depressus
Vulnerable
Orcinus orca
Killer Whale, Orca [46]
Physeter macrocephalus
Sperm Whale [59]
Rhincodon typus
Whale Shark [66680]
Vulnerable
Sousa chinensis
Indo-Pacific Humpback Dolphin
[50]
Tursiops aduncus (Arafura/Timor Sea populations)
Spotted Bottlenose Dolphin
(Arafura/Timor Sea populations)
[78900]
Migratory Terrestrial Species
Haliaeetus leucogaster
White-bellied Sea-Eagle [943]
Hirundo rustica
Barn Swallow [662]
Leipoa ocellata
Malleefowl [934]
Vulnerable
Merops ornatus
Rainbow Bee-eater [670]
Migratory Wetlands Species
Actitis hypoleucos
Common Sandpiper [59309]
Ardea alba
[59541]
Ardea ibis
Arenaria interpres
Ruddy Turnstone [872]
Calidris acuminata
Sharp-tailed Sandpiper [874]
Calidris alba
Sanderling [875]
Calidris canutus
Red Knot, Knot [855]
Calidris ferruginea
Curlew Sandpiper [856]
Calidris ruficollis
Red-necked Stint [860]
Calidris tenuirostris
Great Knot [862]
Charadrius leschenaultii
Greater Sand Plover, Large
Sand Plover [877]
Charadrius mongolus
Lesser Sand Plover, Mongolian
Plover [879]
Charadrius veredus
Oriental Plover, Oriental
Dotterel [882]
Glareola maldivarum
Oriental Pratincole [840]
Heteroscelus brevipes
Grey-tailed Tattler [59311]
Limicola falcinellus
Broad-billed Sandpiper [842]
Limosa lapponica
Bar-tailed Godwit [844]
Limosa limosa
Black-tailed Godwit [845]
Numenius madagascariensis
Eastern Curlew [847]
Numenius minutus
Little Curlew, Little Whimbrel
[848]
Roosting known to occur within area





Roosting likely to occur within area
Numenius phaeopus
Whimbrel [849]
Pluvialis fulva
Pacific Golden Plover [25545]

Pluvialis squatarola
Grey Plover [865]
Tringa glareola
Wood Sandpiper [829]
Tringa stagnatilis
Marsh Sandpiper, Little
Greenshank [833]

Xenus cinereus
Terek Sandpiper [59300]
Other Matters Protected by the EPBC Act

Commonwealth Lands
The Commonwealth area listed below may indicate the presence of Commonwealth land in this vicinity.
Due to the unreliability of the data source, all proposals should be checked as to whether it impacts on a
Commonwealth area, before making a definitive decision. Contact the State or Territory government land
department for further information.
Defence - LEARMONTH - RAAF BASE
Defence - EXMOUTH ADMIN & HF TRANSMITTING
Defence - CARNARVON TRAINING DEPOT
Defence - LEARMONTH - AIR WEAPONS RANGE
Defence - LEARMONTH RADAR SITE - TWIN TANKS EXMOUTH
Defence - LEARMONTH TRANSMITTING STATION
Defence - EXMOUTH NAVAL HF RECEIVING STATION (H/F Receiving Station, Learmonth, WA)
Defence - LEARMONTH RADAR SITE - VLAMING HEAD EXMOUTH
Defence - EXMOUTH VLF TRANSMITTER STATION
Commonwealth Land -
Commonwealth Heritage Places

Name
Natural
Learmonth Air Weapons Range
Facility WA
Ningaloo Marine Area Commonwealth Waters WA
Historic
Naval Communication Station
Harold E Holt ( Area A ) WA
Harold E Holt ( Area B ) WA
Harold E Holt ( Area C ) WA
Status
Listed place
Listed place
Indicative Place
Indicative Place
Indicative Place
Listed Marine Species

Name
Birds
Actitis hypoleucos
Common Sandpiper [59309]
Status
Type of Presence
Anous tenuirostris melanops

Australian
Lesser
NoddyVulnerable
[26000]
Apus pacificus
Fork-tailed Swift [678]
Ardea alba
[59541]
Ardea ibis
Arenaria interpres
Ruddy Turnstone [872]
Calidris acuminata
Sharp-tailed Sandpiper [874]
Calidris alba
Sanderling [875]
Calidris canutus
Red Knot, Knot [855]
Calidris ferruginea
Curlew Sandpiper [856]
Calidris melanotos
Pectoral Sandpiper [858]
Calidris ruficollis
Red-necked Stint [860]
Calidris subminuta
Long-toed Stint [861]
Calidris tenuirostris
Great Knot [862]
Catharacta skua
Great Skua [59472]
Charadrius leschenaultii
Greater Sand Plover, Large
Sand Plover [877]
Charadrius mongolus
Lesser Sand Plover, Mongolian
Plover [879]
Charadrius ruficapillus
Red-capped Plover [881]
Charadrius veredus
Oriental
Plover,
Oriental
Dotterel [882]
Diomedea dabbenena
Gallinago megala
Swinhoe's Snipe [864]
Gallinago stenura
Pin-tailed Snipe [841]







area
Glareola maldivarum
Oriental Pratincole [840]
Haliaeetus leucogaster
White-bellied Sea-Eagle [943]
Heteroscelus brevipes
Grey-tailed Tattler [59311]
Himantopus himantopus
Black-winged Stilt [870]
Hirundo rustica
Barn Swallow [662]
Larus novaehollandiae
Silver Gull [810]
Larus pacificus
Pacific Gull [811]
Limicola falcinellus
Broad-billed Sandpiper [842]
Limosa lapponica
Bar-tailed Godwit [844]
Limosa limosa
Black-tailed Godwit [845]
Endangered
Macronectes halli
Vulnerable
Merops ornatus
Rainbow Bee-eater [670]
Numenius madagascariensis
Eastern Curlew [847]
Numenius minutus
Little Curlew, Little Whimbrel
[848]
Numenius phaeopus
Whimbrel [849]
Pandion haliaetus
Osprey [952]
Phalaropus lobatus
Red-necked Phalarope [838]
Pluvialis fulva
Pacific Golden Plover [25545]
Pluvialis squatarola
Grey Plover [865]
Pterodroma mollis
Soft-plumaged Petrel [1036]
Vulnerable
Puffinus pacificus
Wedge-tailed Shearwater [1027]
Recurvirostra novaehollandiae
Red-necked Avocet [871]
Sterna anaethetus
Bridled Tern [814]




Sterna bergii
Crested Tern [816]
Sterna caspia
Caspian Tern [59467]
Sterna dougallii
Roseate Tern [817]
Sterna fuscata
Sooty Tern [794]
Sterna nereis
Fairy Tern [796]
Indian Yellow-nosed AlbatrossVulnerable
[64464]
Thalassarche cauta (sensu stricto)
Shy Albatross, Tasmanian Shy
Albatross [64697]
Thalassarche chlororhynchos
Yellow-nosed
Albatross,
Atlantic
Yellow-nosed
Albatross, Indian Yellow-nosed
Albatross [66481]
Tringa glareola
Wood Sandpiper [829]
Tringa stagnatilis
Marsh
Sandpiper,
Little
Greenshank [833]
Xenus cinereus
Terek Sandpiper [59300]
Fish
Acentronura larsonae
Helen's Pygmy Pipehorse
[66186]
Bulbonaricus brauni
Braun's Pughead Pipefish,
Pug-headed Pipefish [66189]
Campichthys galei
Gale's Pipefish [66191]
Campichthys tricarinatus
Three-keel Pipefish [66192]
Choeroichthys brachysoma
Pacific Short-bodied Pipefish,
Short-bodied Pipefish [66194]
Choeroichthys latispinosus
Muiron Island Pipefish [66196]
Choeroichthys suillus
Pig-snouted Pipefish [66198]
Corythoichthys flavofasciatus
Reticulate
Pipefish,
Yellow-banded
Pipefish,
Network Pipefish [66200]
Cosmocampus banneri

area

area



Roughridge Pipefish [66206]

Doryrhamphus dactyliophorus
Banded
Pipefish,
Ringed
Pipefish [66210]
Doryrhamphus excisus
Bluestripe Pipefish, Indian
Blue-stripe Pipefish, Pacific
Blue-stripe Pipefish [66211]
Doryrhamphus janssi
Cleaner Pipefish, Janss' Pipefish
[66212]
Doryrhamphus multiannulatus
Many-banded Pipefish [66717]
Doryrhamphus negrosensis
Flagtail Pipefish, Masthead
Island Pipefish [66213]
Festucalex scalaris
Ladder Pipefish [66216]
Filicampus tigris
Tiger Pipefish [66217]
Halicampus brocki
Brock's Pipefish [66219]
Halicampus grayi
Mud Pipefish, Gray's Pipefish
[66221]
Halicampus nitidus
Glittering Pipefish [66224]
Halicampus spinirostris
Spiny-snout Pipefish [66225]
Haliichthys taeniophorus
Ribboned Pipehorse, Ribboned
Seadragon [66226]
Hippichthys penicillus
Beady Pipefish, Steep-nosed
Pipefish [66231]
Hippocampus angustus
Western
Spiny
Seahorse,
Narrow-bellied
Seahorse
[66234]
Hippocampus histrix
Spiny
Seahorse,
Thorny
Seahorse [66236]
Hippocampus kuda
Spotted Seahorse, Yellow
Seahorse [66237]
Hippocampus planifrons
Flat-face Seahorse [66238]
Hippocampus spinosissimus
Hedgehog Seahorse [66239]
Lissocampus fatiloquus
Prophet's Pipefish [66250]
Micrognathus micronotopterus
Tidepool Pipefish [66255]





Nannocampus subosseus
Bonyhead
Pipefish,
Bony-headed Pipefish [66264]
Phoxocampus belcheri
Black Rock Pipefish [66719]
Solegnathus hardwickii
Pallid Pipehorse, Hardwick's
Pipehorse [66272]
Solegnathus lettiensis
Gunther's Pipehorse, Indonesian
Pipefish [66273]
Solenostomus cyanopterus
Robust
Ghostpipefish,
Blue-finned Ghost Pipefish,
[66183]
Solenostomus paegnius
Rough-snout Ghost Pipefish
[68425]
Stigmatopora argus
Spotted Pipefish, Gulf Pipefish
[66276]
Syngnathoides biaculeatus
Double-end
Pipehorse,
Double-ended
Pipehorse,
Alligator Pipefish [66279]
Trachyrhamphus bicoarctatus
Bentstick Pipefish, Bend Stick
Pipefish, Short-tailed Pipefish
[66280]
Trachyrhamphus longirostris
Straightstick
Pipefish,
Long-nosed Pipefish, Straight
Stick Pipefish [66281]
Mammals
Dugong dugon
Dugong [28]
Neophoca cinerea
Australian Sea-lion [22]
Reptiles
Acalyptophis peronii
Horned Seasnake [1114]
Aipysurus apraefrontalis
Short-nosed Seasnake [1115]
Aipysurus duboisii
Dubois' Seasnake [1116]
Aipysurus eydouxii
Spine-tailed Seasnake [1117]
Aipysurus laevis
Olive Seasnake [1120]
Aipysurus pooleorum
Shark Bay Seasnake [66061]
Aipysurus tenuis

Vulnerable


Brown-lined Seasnake [1121]

Astrotia stokesii
Stokes' Seasnake [1122]
Caretta caretta
Endangered
Chelonia mydas
Green Turtle [1765]
Vulnerable
Leatherback Turtle, LeatheryEndangered
Turtle, Luth [1768]
Disteira kingii
Spectacled Seasnake [1123]
Disteira major
Olive-headed Seasnake [1124]
Emydocephalus annulatus
Turtle-headed Seasnake [1125]
Ephalophis greyi
North-western
Mangrove
Seasnake [1127]
Vulnerable
Hydrophis czeblukovi
Fine-spined Seasnake [59233]
Hydrophis elegans
Elegant Seasnake [1104]
Hydrophis ornatus
a seasnake [1111]
Natator depressus
Vulnerable
Pelamis platurus
Yellow-bellied Seasnake [1091]



Whales and Other Cetaceans

Name
Status
Mammals
Balaenoptera acutorostrata
Minke Whale [33]
Balaenoptera bonaerensis
Antarctic Minke Whale,
Dark-shoulder Minke Whale
[67812]
Balaenoptera edeni
Bryde's Whale [35]
Blue Whale [36]
Endangered
Delphinus delphis
Common Dophin, Short-beaked
Common Dolphin [60]
Eubalaena australis
Endangered
Feresa attenuata
Type of Presence


Pygmy Killer Whale [61]

Globicephala macrorhynchus
Short-finned Pilot Whale [62]
Globicephala melas
Long-finned Pilot Whale
[59282]
Grampus griseus
Risso's Dolphin, Grampus [64]
Kogia breviceps
Pygmy Sperm Whale [57]
Kogia simus
Dwarf Sperm Whale [58]
Lagenodelphis hosei
Fraser's Dolphin, Sarawak
Dolphin [41]
Lagenorhynchus obscurus
Dusky Dolphin [43]
Humpback Whale [38]
Vulnerable



area
Mesoplodon densirostris
Blainville's Beaked Whale,
Dense-beaked Whale [74]
Orcinus orca
Killer Whale, Orca [46]
Peponocephala electra
Melon-headed Whale [47]
Physeter macrocephalus
Sperm Whale [59]
Pseudorca crassidens
False Killer Whale [48]
Sousa chinensis
Indo-Pacific Humpback Dolphin
[50]
Stenella attenuata
Spotted Dolphin, Pantropical
Spotted Dolphin [51]
Stenella coeruleoalba
Striped Dolphin, Euphrosyne
Dolphin [52]
Stenella longirostris
Long-snouted Spinner Dolphin
[29]
Steno bredanensis
Rough-toothed Dolphin [30]
Tursiops aduncus
Indian Ocean Bottlenose
Dolphin, Spotted Bottlenose
Dolphin [68418]
Tursiops aduncus (Arafura/Timor Sea populations)
Spotted Bottlenose Dolphin
(Arafura/Timor Sea populations)
[78900]
Tursiops truncatus s. str.

Bottlenose Dolphin [68417]
Ziphius cavirostris
Cuvier's Beaked Whale,
Goose-beaked Whale [56]

Commonwealth Reserves
Ningaloo (Commonwealth Waters), COM
Extra Information
Places on the RNE
Note that not all Indigenous sites may be listed.
Name
Status
Natural
Callytharra Spring Area WA
Indicative Place
Coastal Margin Exmouth Gulf to Cape Preston Indicative Place
WA
Coolkilya Pool Area WA
Indicative Place
Gneudna Paddock Area WA
Indicative Place
Lowendal Islands and Adjacent Marine Areas
Indicative Place
WA
McNeill Claypan and Brown Range WA
Indicative Place
Muiron Islands and Adjacent Marine Area WA Indicative Place
Wandagee Hill WA
Indicative Place
Barrow Island Marine Area WA
Registered
Barrow Island Nature Reserve WA
Registered
Bernier and Dorre Islands WA
Registered
Cape Range Geological Site WA
Registered
Cape Range National Park and Surrounds WA Registered
Cape Range and Adjacent Coastal Plain WA
Registered
Coastal Islands Mary Anne to Regnard WA
Registered
Denham Sound Freycinet Reach Hopeless Reach Registered
and Lharidon Bight WA
Dirk Hartog Island WA
Registered
Edel Land WA
Registered
Fossil Hill WA
Registered
Hamelin Pool and Faure Sill WA
Registered
Islands Exmouth Gulf and Rowley Shelf WA
Registered
Kennedy Range Area WA
Registered
Lake MacLeod Area WA
Registered
Learmonth Air Weapons Range Facility WA
Registered
Lowendal Islands WA
Registered
Montebello Islands WA
Registered
Montebello Islands Marine Area WA
Registered
Mooka Spring Area WA
Registered
Ningaloo Marine Area - Commonwealth Waters Registered
WA
Ningaloo Marine Park and Proposed Additions Registered
WA
Ningaloo Reef Tract WA
Registered
Peron - Nanga Area WA
Registered
Shark Bay Area WA
Registered
Small Islands in Shark Bay WA

Registered
Wooramel Seagrass Bank WA
Registered
Indigenous
Bernier and Dorre Islands WA
Registered
Checkendon Combe WA
Registered
Dugong Butchering Site WA
Registered
Turawarra Pool Area WA
Registered
Historic
ANZ Bank WA
Indicative Place
Anglican Church of St George WA
Indicative Place
Carnarvon Pioneer Cemetery WA
Indicative Place
Carnarvon Tracking Station (former) WA
Indicative Place
Church of St Mary, Presbytery and Grounds WA Indicative Place
Fin Shipwreck WA
Indicative Place
Naval Communication Station Harold E Holt ( Indicative Place
Area C ) WA
OTC Earth Satellite Station (former) WA
Indicative Place
Old Onslow Townsite WA
Indicative Place
Perth Shipwreck WA
Indicative Place
Point Cloates Lighthouse WA
Indicative Place
The Fascine WA
Indicative Place
The Hermitage WA
Indicative Place
The Red House WA
Indicative Place
Wise Park WA
Indicative Place
Zvir Shipwreck WA
Indicative Place
Bessieres Island Lighthouse WA
Registered
Cape Inscription Lightstation WA
Registered
Carnarvon One Mile Jetty WA
Registered
Fairy Queen Shipwreck WA
Registered
Gascoyne River Bridge WA
Registered
Gudrun Shipwreck WA
Registered
Jubilee Hall WA
Registered
Lighthouse Keepers Cottage WA
Registered
Lighthouse Keepers Quarters WA
Registered
Naval Communication Station Harold E Holt ( Registered
Area A ) WA
Naval Communication Station Harold E Holt ( Registered
Area B ) WA
Shark Bay Road Board Office (former) WA
Registered
Trial Shipwreck WA
Registered
Vlamingh Head Lighthouse WA
Registered
Wolgedda Pioneer Cottage WA
Registered
Yardie Creek Station Homestead WA
Registered
Zuytdorp Shipwreck WA
Registered
State and Territory Reserves

Great Sandy Island, WA
Freycinet, Double Islands Etc, WA
Chinamans Pool, WA
Shark Bay, WA
Hamelin Pool, WA
Whitmore,Roberts,Doole Islands And Sandalwood Landing, WA
Jurabi Coastal Park, WA

Barrow Island, WA
Rocky Island, WA
Montebello Islands, WA
Unnamed WA26400, WA
Zuytdorp, WA
Whalebone Island, WA
Shell Beach, WA
Monkey Mia Reserve, WA
Cape Range, WA
Friday Island, WA
Charlie Island, WA
Francois Peron, WA
Barrow Island, WA
Unnamed WA37338, WA
Kennedy Range, WA
Little Rocky Island, WA
Bundegi Coastal Park, WA
Burnside And Simpson Island, WA
Unnamed WA44688, WA
Unnamed WA40322, WA
Locker Island, WA
Barrow Island, WA
Montebello Islands, WA
Unnamed WA49144, WA
Bernier And Dorre Islands, WA
Airlie Island, WA
Unnamed WA37383, WA
Unnamed WA37500, WA
Thevenard Island, WA
Ningaloo, WA
Cane River, WA
Point Quobba, WA
Lowendal, WA
Unnamed WA40828, WA
Round Island, WA
Boodie, Double Middle Islands, WA
Victor Island, WA
Weld Island, WA
Bessieres Island, WA
Unnamed WA41080, WA
Muiron Islands, WA
North Sandy Island, WA
Serrurier Island, WA
One Tree Point, WA
Koks Island, WA
Unnamed WA44665, WA
Toolonga, WA
Tent Island, WA
Gnandaroo Island, WA
Miaboolya Beach, WA
Sedimentary Deposits Reserve, WA

Y Island, WA
Muiron Islands, WA
Unnamed WA44667, WA
Invasive Species
Weeds reported here are the 20 species of national significance (WoNS), along with other introduced
plants that are considered by the States and Territories to pose a particularly significant threat to
biodiversity. The following feral animals are reported: Goat, Red Fox, Cat, Rabbit, Pig, Water Buffalo
and Cane Toad. Maps from Landscape Health Project, National Land and Water Resouces Audit, 2001.
Name
Status
Type of Presence
Mammals
Capra hircus
Goat [2]
Felis catus
Cat, House Cat, Domestic Cat
[19]
Oryctolagus cuniculus
Rabbit, European Rabbit [128]
Vulpes vulpes
Red Fox, Fox [18]
Plants
Cenchrus ciliaris
Buffel-grass, Black Buffel-grass
[20213]
Lantana camara
Lantana, Common Lantana,
Kamara Lantana, Large-leaf
Lantana, Pink Flowered
Lantana, Red Flowered Lantana,
Red-Flowered Sage, White
Sage, Wild Sage [10892]
Lycium ferocissimum
African Boxthorn, Boxthorn
[19235]
Parkinsonia aculeata
Parkinsonia, Jerusalem Thorn,
Jelly Bean Tree, Horse Bean
[12301]
Prosopis spp.
Mesquite, Algaroba [68407]
Salvinia molesta
Salvinia, Giant Salvinia,
Aquarium Watermoss, Kariba
Weed [13665]
Tamarix aphylla
Athel Pine, Athel Tree,
Tamarisk, Athel Tamarisk,
Athel Tamarix, Desert
Tamarisk, Flowering Cypress,

Salt Cedar [16018]
Nationally Important Wetlands
McNeill Claypan System, WA

Shark Bay East, WA
Exmouth Gulf East, WA
Bundera Sinkhole, WA
Learmonth Air Weapons Range - Saline Coastal Flats, WA
Cape Range Subterranean Waterways, WA
Lake MacLeod, WA
Hamelin Pool, WA
Caveat
The information presented in this report has been provided by a range of data sources as acknowledged at
the end of the report.
This report is designed to assist in identifying the locations of places which may be relevant in
determining obligations under the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999. It
holds mapped locations of World Heritage and Register of National Estate properties, Wetlands of
International Importance, Commonwealth and State/Territory reserves, listed threatened, migratory and
marine species and listed threatened ecological communities. Mapping of Commonwealth land is not
complete at this stage. Maps have been collated from a range of sources at various resolutions.
Not all species listed under the EPBC Act have been mapped (see below) and therefore a report is a
general guide only. Where available data supports mapping, the type of presence that can be determined
from the data is indicated in general terms. People using this information in making a referral may need to
consider the qualifications below and may need to seek and consider other information sources.
For threatened ecological communities where the distribution is well known, maps are derived from
recovery plans, State vegetation maps, remote sensing imagery and other sources. Where threatened
ecological community distributions are less well known, existing vegetation maps and point location data
are used to produce indicative distribution maps.
For species where the distributions are well known, maps are digitised from sources such as recovery
plans and detailed habitat studies. Where appropriate, core breeding, foraging and roosting areas are
indicated under 'type of presence'. For species whose distributions are less well known, point locations are
collated from government wildlife authorities, museums, and non-government organisations; bioclimatic
distribution models are generated and these validated by experts. In some cases, the distribution maps are
based solely on expert knowledge.
Only selected species covered by the following provisions of the EPBC Act have been mapped:
- migratory and
- marine
The following species and ecological communities have not been mapped and do not appear in reports
produced from this database:
- threatened species listed as extinct or considered as vagrants
- some species and ecological communities that have only recently been listed
- some terrestrial species that overfly the Commonwealth marine area
- migratory species that are very widespread, vagrant, or only occur in small numbers.
The following groups have been mapped, but may not cover the complete distribution of the species:
- non-threatened seabirds which have only been mapped for recorded breeding sites;
- seals which have only been mapped for breeding sites near the Australian continent.
Such breeding sites may be important for the protection of the Commonwealth Marine environment.
Coordinates
-19.84342 112.68746,-19.84342 115.73317,-27.32445 115.73317,-27.32445 112.68746,-19.84342
112.68746
Acknowledgements
This database has been compiled from a range of data sources. The department acknowledges the
following custodians who have contributed valuable data and advice:
-Department of Environment, Climate Change and Water, New South Wales
-Department of Sustainability and Environment, Victoria
-Department of Primary Industries, Parks, Water and Environment, Tasmania
-Department of Environment and Natural Resources, South Australia
-Parks and Wildlife Service NT, NT Dept of Natural Resources, Environment and the Arts
-Environmental and Resource Management, Queensland
-Department of Environment and Conservation, Western Australia
-Department of the Environment, Climate Change, Energy and Water
-Birds Australia
-Australian Bird and Bat Banding Scheme
-Australian National Wildlife Collection
-Natural history museums of Australia
-Museum Victoria
-Australian Museum
-SA Museum
-Queensland Museum
-Online Zoological Collections of Australian Museums
-Queensland Herbarium
-National Herbarium of NSW
-Royal Botanic Gardens and National Herbarium of Victoria
-Tasmanian Herbarium
-State Herbarium of South Australia
-Northern Territory Herbarium
-Western Australian Herbarium
-Australian National Herbarium, Atherton and Canberra
-University of New England
-Ocean Biogeographic Information System
-Australian Government, Department of Defence
-State Forests of NSW
-Other groups and individuals
The Department is extremely grateful to the many organisations and individuals who provided expert
advice and information on numerous draft distributions.
Please feel free to provide feedback via the Contact Us page.
Accessibility | Disclaimer | Privacy | Commonwealth of Australia | Help

Last updated: Thursday, 16-Sep-2010 09:13:25 EST
Department of Sustainability, Environment, Water, Population and Communities

GPO Box 787
Canberra ACT 2601 Australia
+61 2 6274 1111 ABN
| Australian Government |
Jansz-Io Drilling
Appendix C.
APPENDICES
Guideline for Characterising Slicks at Sea
Jansz-Io Drilling
APPENDICES
Jansz-Io Drilling
Appendix D.
APPENDICES
Collection of Oil Samples
COLLECTION OF SAMPLES
Oil samples should be collected in a 1-litre clear glass bottle with

stopper (firmly secured with tape).
The label is to be filled in with the following:
date and time sample taken
location where sample was taken
name of vessel if applicable
name and signature of person collecting the sample
name and signature of witness.
Three sample containers are required:
two for independent analysis
one to be available for government analysis.
All samples to be delivered to the Oil Spill Incident Controller.

Samples not to be analysed immediately are to be stored in as cold
an environment as is immediately available, preferably in a freezer.
SAMPLING TECHNIQUE
FLOATING SAMPLES
SHORELINE SAMPLING
Samples to be taken with least delay to minimise effects of

sunlight and time.
Every effort is to be made to obtain uncontaminated sample of oil

for comparison purposes.
Select a suitable location for sampling with minimal water/sand

contamination where a representative sample can be obtained.
Gently lower the bottle into the water.
Gently skim oil from surface. Continue until bottle is about three
quarters full
Remove the bottle from the water, replace the lid and invert the
bottle. Allow to stand for two to three minutes
Gently unscrew the lid and allow the water to drain. Replace the
lid and repeat the process until about 100 ml of oil is collected.
Invert the bottle for ten minutes, drain any excess water, replace
the lid and store the bottle in a cool place
Wipe excess water and oil from the bottle. Label as per
requirements.
Select a site where oil accumulation is largest
Using the sample lid as a scoop, fill the bottle about three
quarters with a sample
Replace lid firmly; wipe excess oil from bottle and label clearly
If transparent containers are used, cover container with

aluminium foil. This is not necessary for amber bottles.
Jansz-Io Drilling
Appendix E.
APPENDICES
Dispersant Information
Use of Dispersants
Chemical dispersants are used to break up oil slicks into fine droplets that then disperse into the water
column. This prevents oil from being driven by wind and currents towards shore and promotes its
biodegradation by organisms in the sea. The objective is to rapidly reduce oil concentration in the sea to
levels below those shown to be toxic in laboratory tests. When successfully deployed, dispersants have the
potential of removing floating oil from the surface of the sea while minimising the impact on marine
communities.
The disadvantage of the application of dispersants is that chemically dispersed oil will penetrate below the
surface of the water to a much greater degree to untreated oil which may affect subsurface organisms that
would otherwise be much less exposed to the oil.
These factors are recognised in the development of the guidelines for dispersant use.
The underlying principle behind these guidelines is that dispersants should be used when the likely damage
from the chemically treated oil is less than that expected from the untreated oil slick. For example; if oil is
being driven towards intertidal seagrasses and mangroves, damage, and perhaps slow recovery, can be
expected to occur to these important areas. If, by applying dispersants to the slick, the oil can be prevented
from being driven into these areas then approval is likely to be given - provided that more sensitive or
important marine resources are not damaged in the process.
Depth restrictions, restriction on the proximity of dispersant use to shoreline or various permitting restrictions
are used to ensure that a net environmental benefit is obtained and that dispersants are used only when
other methods of effective control are impractical. In any case dispersants should be used in full
consideration of the potential benefits and risks associated with their use.
Dispersant are manufactured primarily for use in the marine environment. Their efficiency will be optimum in
water with a salinity of around 30 35 ppt (part per thousand) but will decrease rapidly in waters with salinity
below 5 10 ppt. As a general rule, dispersants are capable of dispersing most liquid oils and emulsions
with viscosities of less than 2000 cSt (centistokes), equivalent to a medium fuel oil at 10-20C. They are
unsuitable for dealing with viscous emulsions (mousse) or oils which have a pour point near to or above that
of the ambient temperature.
The main aspects to be considered for dispersant use are listed below:
Dispersants should be considered for use with other potential spill response methods and equipment
and not as a last resort
For maximum effectiveness, dispersants should be applied as soon as possible after a spill. During
the early stages of a spill, the oil is unweathered and spread out making it easier to disperse
The decision on whether or not to use dispersants should be made after considering the potential
effects of dispersed oil versus undispersed slicks. The objective should be to minimise overall
ecological impact thereby maximising environmental benefit.
It is recommended that technical advisers and regulatory agencies be consulted; they can provide
additional insights into concerns and advantages
Use of dispersants requires logistics planning including aircraft and/or vessels, application gear, resupply of dispersants, refuelling, sufficient personnel, protective equipment and equipment
calibration
Application of dispersants must be approved by statutory authorities unless there is immediate

danger to human life from fire and explosion, and this danger can be reduced by spraying
dispersants.
Approved chemical dispersants, together with dispersant application equipment, is stored on board the
Support Vessels and the MODU in use. Stocks of dispersant are available through the AMOSPlan
(administered by AMOSC), AMOSC and National Plan (see Section 3).
Jansz-Io Drilling
APPENDICES
Due consideration should be given to safety at all times when handling or dealing with chemical dispersants.
Personnel must be familiar with instructions on the safe use of dispersants.
The table below lists some advantages and disadvantages.
Advantages and Disadvantages of Dispersant Use
Advantages
Disadvantages
Oil is removed from the water surface and therefore

poses a reduced risk to birds.
Dispersed oil penetrates more deeply into the water

column and may affect subsurface organisms.
Dispersed oil tends to adhere to surfaces less than

undispersed oil.
Dispersants are not effective against heavy or waxy

oils, and emulsions.
Dispersion is often the quickest response method
If dispersion is not achieved it may decrease the

effectiveness of other methods.
Biodegradation of dispersed oil appears to be more

rapid than undispersed oil.
Dispersion reduces the potential for loss of volatile

(light) hydrocarbons through evaporation.
Dispersed oil is less subject to movement due to

wind, consequently coastal impacts may be avoided.
Dispersion may inhibit the photo-oxidation of oil.

However, this is a relatively minor degradation
pathway.
The formation of stable water-in-oil emulsions can be

prevented.
Onshore use of chemical dispersant is likely to

increase the penetration of oil into porous sediments.
However, there is little to suggest that dispersed oil
is generally more persistent than undispersed oil.
Fire hazards
dispersion.
are
reduced
through
chemical
May be the only method that can be used due to

weather or sea state
Dispersants are toxic to marine and coastal flora and

fauna. Their direct impact on unoiled habitats is
therefore to be avoided.
Reduces the possibility of sea bird and mammal

contamination
If used onshore, may increase penetration of oil into

sediments.
Jansz-Io Drilling
APPENDICES
Constraints to dispersant use and efficiency
Oil Considerations
Viscosity
Oils or emulsions with viscosities above 2000 cSt are not

considered to be amenable to dispersants. (cSt Centistokes,
a measurement of the mobility of oil)
Weathering
Oils increase in viscosity as they weather and emulsify. Each

oil has a window of opportunity for effective chemical
dispersion. This is dependant on sea state, wind and
temperature.
Sea and Weather Considerations
Calm Seas
Calm conditions may not provide enough mixing energy for

dispersants to work effectively.
Concentrates are less
susceptible to this constraint.
Mixing energy in calm
conditions, can be supplied by vessels.
Rough Seas
If winds exceed about Force 6 (above 25 knots) oil may be

covered by breaking waves and the effective encounter rate
of the dispersant and oil is reduced.
Operational Constraints
Encounter Rate
Vessel application rates will be slow, particularly where oil has

had time to spread.
Jansz-Io Drilling
Appendix F.
APPENDICES
MOSES List
Jansz-Io Drilling
APPENDICES
AMOSC Equipment
SerialNo
Desc
PP 40-02716 AD1C004
Vikospray Spray Unit

MOSES PALA014
pair spray arms; emergency spares; 2 x
aluminium shipping containers
MOSES PDKA216
emergency spares; aluminium shipping
container - Yanmar
MOSES PALA 005/006
and hoses; emergency spares; MOSES
PDCA 116/117
(originally G-051-02)
Container 'A'
Pg 1 of 2
Location
G-030-13
78004-6
Exmouth, WA(2)
G-031-02
78009/10
Exmouth, WA(2)
G-032-02
Exmouth, WA
G-051-03
78013-15
G-070-03
78020
Exmouth, WA(2)
adaptor; power pack, pallet base and

protective cover; hose reel and hoses,
pallet base and protective cover;
emergency spares; remote control unit;
aluminium shipping container, total of
40m offshore hose
G-081-02
78022-24
Exmouth, WA(2)
4 x 25 metre lengths Beach Guardian

Boom; 4 x soft carrier bags; steel pallet
cage (400 m)
MOSES PDIA 194
container "A"
G-110-01
78031-3
Exmouth, WA(2)
G-110-02
78031-3
Exmouth, WA
G-111-01
Exmouth, WA(2)
G-111-02
Exmouth, WA
3268127 'B' w/s

4 x 25 metre lengths Versatech Zooom
Boom
4 x soft carrier bags; steel pallet cage
3 cages of 4 booms; 1 cage of S/L
equipment (7) (300m)
hoses; emergency spares; aluminium
shipping container
MOSES PALA 008
561191102721, eng 00349-rm
Quantity AuditNo
head and recovery hopper (modified);

emergency spares; aluminium shipping
container
Box 02 - unit 03!
MOSES PDBA 098/099/100/101
(was G-070-02)
4 x 25 metre lengths Beach Guardian

Boom; 4 x soft carrier bags; steel pallet
cage (100m)
4 cages of 4 booms
MOSES PDIA 194
Boom
2 x soft carrier bags; steel pallet cage
MOSES PDHA 177
container "A"
wp G3096238
AssetID
G-120-02
Echo power blower, Honda water pump,
suction strainer and hoses, 2 x towing
ends, 1 x 80 metre rope & ASTM
connectors; emergency spares;
aluminium shipping container
MOSES PDIA 196
G-130-02
stakes, 10 x wooden stakes, 1 x ramming
cap, 1 x sledge hammer; steel shipping
container
G-132-04
aluminium container (1994)
MOSES PBDA 039/041
container "A"
G-140-02&05
4 bags (4x3m each bag)
(400 booms=1,200m) MOSES MOSA
313
4 bales & 100 sheets sorbent sheet (100
sheets per bag)
G-150/151-01
10,11,17,19)
6 bags booms (4x3m each bag)
Type 56 4 x 100 sheets
G-150/151-02
aluminium container
2 mops, 4 inch
MOSES PDAA 133
(was G-160-01)
container "A"
G-160-02
emergency spares
TRAILER D61-044
MOSES PAKA 001/002/003/004
G-260-01
Exmouth, WA
78034
Exmouth, WA(2)
78035
Exmouth, WA(2)
78037/38
Exmouth, WA(2)
78039/40
Exmouth, WA(1:2)
77601
Exmouth, WA
77601
Exmouth, WA(2)
78020, 78035, 78042/43
78042, 78052
Exmouth, WA
Exmouth, WA(2)
Jansz-Io Drilling
APPENDICES
AMOSC Equipment
SerialNo
Desc
container
MOSES MOFA 312
Oiled fauna kit contents (consumables)
MOSES MOFA 312
pdy 120803
SerialNo
G-330-02
Exmouth, WA(2)
G-331-01
Exmouth, WA(2)
G-332-01
Exmouth, WA
G-332-01-01
Exmouth, WA
Sea Container for Response Equipment

within 2 containers:
Ropes (4mm $45); (250m x 8mm =
Response tool box
container "A"
Dasic Slickgone NS
30 x 1000l ltr (1 t) containers
Sent to Exmouth WA in June 2006
in Warehouse
G-332-02
Exmouth, WA(2)
G-332-02-02
Exmouth, WA(2)
G-500-01
Desc
AssetID
pools, bottles, first aid kit, knives,

tarpaulins, gloves, goggles, sorbent,
signs etc. (consumables) (purchased
1997, used Sept. 1999 replaced
Dec.1999)
MOSES PDY 120803
container "A"
G-604
78059
30
Exmouth, WA(2)
Exmouth, WA
Exmouth, WA(2)
Quantity AuditNo
Location
4 x 25 m Beach Guardian Boom numbers

35, 73, 75 & 02
1 x steel cage
Located in Broome WA
G-110-03
8 x 25m Versetech Zoom Boom Numbers

34,79,01,93,33,36,14 &16
2 x steel pellet cages
8 x soft carrier bags
G-111-04
Broome, WA
Broome, WA
78031-3
78040
Broome, WA
Broome, WA
T270 3M Sorbent Booms 1 Bag (4 x 3m

length per bag)
10 bags
HP156 Sorbent Pads 1 Bag (100 sheets
per bag)
12 bags
2 x steel pellet cages
G-150/151-03
Broome, WA
Broome, WA
Broome, WA
G-332-03
2 x Zoom Boom Tow ends, 2 x DanForth

22kg Anchors with Chain, 2 x white foam
floats, 2 x Orange floats, 8 x 1 inch
ratchet straps,
6 x 2 1/2 inch truck loading ratchet straps. G-333-03-03
Pg 2 of 2
78058
Location
Beach Guardian deployment kit including:

Echo power blower, Honda water pump,
suction strainer and hoses, 4 x towing
ends, 1 x 80 metre rope; emergency
spares; aluminium shipping container
MOSES PDIA 198
G-130-04
Vikotank 13000 1; aluminium shipping
container
MOSES PBDA 043
G-141-01
COPU201079 6
Quantity AuditNo
G-330-01
Container (G-332)
70 ltr bins (2x$60); ASTM Joiners x2;
10ltr fuels cans (2x$25); 27kg anchors
(2x$400); Dan floats (4x$150); 250m
12mm rope ($250); Yellow steel toolbox
ZZZU3268127; ZZU3327507
AssetID
Jansz-Io Drilling
Appendix G.
APPENDICES
Functions the Incident Management Team
Incident Controller
Incident Controller is in charge of the management of the response at all Tier level, supported by four main
functional group or sections. Incident Controller is responsible for:
Notifying the Statutory Agency of the incident.
Implementing entire oil spill response and clean-up operations.
Collecting and collating information on the nature of the spill, prevailing conditions and resources
available to combat the spill, in order to define the tier of response and the outside level of response
required using POLREP and SITREP
Ensuring all members of the Oil Spill Response Team notified and assembled in the Emergency
Response Room.
Briefing members of the response team on the nature of the spill, its predicted path, prevailing conditions,
response required and resources available to combat the spill.
Initiating response actions
Establishing communications network
Keeping client informed of all actions taken.
Identifying equipment and personnel required for response and provide instruction on where and when
they will be deployed.
Maintaining control of response actions and modifying it as required based on the effectiveness and
changing contingencies.
Notifying and liaising with Joint Venture Liaison Officer and Government Liaison and External Affairs
Officer.
Notifying the AMOSPlan Mutual Aid Contacts (MACs) of the incident and liaising with them until the oil
spill is controlled and cleaned up.
Requesting assistance from AMOSC as required.
At completion of spill response/clean up operations, authorising cessation of activities and stand down all
personnel.
Jansz-Io Drilling
APPENDICES
Planning Section
Planning section is led by Planning Officer. During large response, Planning Officer may be assisted by
smaller units which are responsible to undertake particular tasks.
Planning Officer manages the Planning section and is responsible for the
preparation of incident action plan and the collation and interpretation of
required data.
Response Planning Coordinator is responsible for the coordination

development and review of incident action planning.
Situation Coordinator is responsible for the collection, processing and

organisation of information about the incident, such as weather and tide
conditions, spilled oil fate and behaviour, etc.
Resource Coordinator is responsible for maintaining information on the

types and location of resources deployed and maintaining roster of
personnel involved in the response.
Environment Coordinator is responsible for the collection and collation of

environment data and advice, such as environmental resources for
protection and clean-up and site selection for temporary and permanent
waste management.
Consultation Coordinator is responsible for coordination and development
of consultation programs for identified community and commercial groups.
Jansz-Io Drilling
APPENDICES
Operations Section
Operations section is led by Operations Officer. During large response, Operations Officer may be assisted
by smaller units which are responsible to undertake particular tasks.
Operations
Officer
Shoreline
Coordinator
Operations Officer is responsible for the implementation of response

operations on the field
Shoreline Coordinator is responsible for planning and coordinating all

shoreline assessment and cleanup activities.
Marine
Coordinator
Marine Coordinator is responsible for coordinating and directs all activities

undertaken by waterborne craft and equipment. The unit may also deploy
equipment from the shore in support of the Shoreline Unit.
Aviation
Coordinator
Aviation Coordinator is responsible for coordinating all activities undertaken

utilising fixed wing aircraft or helicopters. This includes aerial dispersant
spraying operations, aerial surveillance and transport.
Wildlife
Coordinator
OH&S
Coordinator
Waste
Management
Coordinator
Wildlife Coordinator is responsible

rehabilitation of oiled wildlife.
for
collection,
treatment
and
OH&S Coordinator is responsible for developing and implementing the

Occupational Health & Safety plan for the response.
The Waste Management Unit Coordinator is responsible for coordinating

the containment, storage, transport and disposal of recovered oil and oily
waste. The Unit may also instruct shoreline cleanup or marine response
teams in the safe handling and storage of waste and/or in on-site
separation and treatment.
Jansz-Io Drilling
APPENDICES
Logistic Section
Logistic section is led by Logistic Officer. During large response, Logistic Officer may be assisted by smaller
units which are responsible to undertake particular tasks.
Logistic Officer is responsible for the procurement and provision of

personnel, equipment and support services.
Transport Coordinator is responsible for the provision of aviation, land and

sea transport services to meet operational requirements.
Procurement Coordinator is responsible for acquisition of personnel and

equipment for the operational response.
Service Coordinator is responsible for the acquisition of services and

facilities to support the operational response.
Medical Coordinator is responsible for identifying available medical services

and for ensuring that they are provided where needed. The Medical
Coordinator shall liaise closely with OH&S Coordinator so that medical
services are integrated into the Site OH&S Plan.
Communication Coordinator is responsible for the provision

communications service and support to meet operational requirements.
of
Staging Area Coordinator is responsible for the implementation and

management of assembly and staging areas.
Jansz-Io Drilling
APPENDICES
Finance and Administration Section

Finance and Administration section is led by Finance and Administration Officer. During large response,
Finance and Administration Officer may be assisted by smaller units which are responsible to undertake
particular tasks.
Finance & Administration Officer is responsible for provisions of

administrative services and financial control of the response.
Administration Coordinator is responsible for providing administrative

services including staff to operate telephones, facsimiles, computers, radios
(if qualified) and messenger services.
Finance Coordinator is responsible for undertaking accounting and

contracting services.
Record Coordinator is responsible for implementing a records management

system for the response. This involves the collation and filling of all records
and forms including personnel timesheets and equipment usage records.
The ERR Management Coordinator is responsible for ensuring effective

operations of the Emergency Response Room. This includes updating
Status Boards, ensuring faxes and other messages are sent and received,
administering meeting schedules, etc.
Jansz-Io Drilling
Appendix H.
APPENDICES
Incident Management Team Checklists
FUNCTION CHECKLISTS
- Guide IMT personnel through particular activities.
A.A
Initial Planning Meeting and Incident Action Plan
A.B
Planning Meeting Checklist
ROLE CHECKLISTS
- Guide IMT personnel through the sequence of tasks, required of particular IMT roles
A.1
Incident Controller
A.2
Planning Officer
A.3
Operations Officer
A.4
Logistics Officer
A.5
Finance and Administration Officer
A.6
Media Liaison Officer
Jansz-Io Drilling
APPENDICES
Pg 1 of 2 INITIAL PLANNING MEETING & INCIDENT ACTION PLAN SCHEDULE

CHECKLIST
INITIAL PLANNING MEETING & INCIDENT ACTION PLAN SCHEDULE
A.A
The initial planning meeting has two main objectives. The first is to brief the IMT members (Section Officers
and Controllers) on the incident and the response organisation. The second is to develop the Incident Action
Plan.
Phase/ Task
Meeting
Action
Responsibility
Briefing on situation.
a Current situation:
i Spill location.
ii Spill size.
iii Control/ Combat Agencies.
iv Response Tier/Resources
mobilised.
Incident Controller
Working
Recess
Predicted situation:
i Trajectory.
ii Resources at risk/potential effects.
State Aim (or Policy) of the Incident

Response.
Develop and rank response objectives

based on protection priorities.
Develop Strategies for each objective.
Identify and obtain any permits required

for strategies (eg. dispersant use).
Planning Officer
Document Aim, Objectives and Strategies

(Form IAP 01) ie. Prepare draft Incident
Action Plan.
Planning Officer
Distribute Draft Incident Action Plan to

Section Officers.
Planning Officer
8
9
Develop Tactics for each Strategy.

Prepare Sub-Plans:
All Section Officers & Unit

Coordinators
Communications Sub-Plan.
Logistics Officer/
Communication s Coordinator
OH&S Sub-Plan.
Incident Safety Officer (or OH&S

Coordinator).
Wildlife Sub-Plan.
Operations Officer/ Wildlife

Coord.
Media Sub-Plan.
Media Liaison Officer
Incident Controller, Planning

Officer & Operations Officer
Pg 2 of 2 INITIAL PLANNING MEETING & INCIDENT ACTION PLAN SCHEDULE
Status/
Time
Jansz-Io Drilling
10
APPENDICES
Determine need for Advanced
Operations
Operations centre(s).
Determine need for, and location of,
Staging areas.
Submit Tactics to Planning Officer.
Officer & Unit coordinators

Logistics Officer
& Operations Officer
All Section Officers
13
Prepare Incident Action Plan and

submit to IC.
Planning Officer
Reconvened
14
Present Incident Action Plan.
Planning Officer
Meeting
15
Section Officers to provide revised lists

of resource needs.
Approve and implement Incident
Action Plan.
All Section Officers
11
12
16
Notes:
Incident Controller
Jansz-Io Drilling
APPENDICES
Pg 1 of 1 Planning Meeting
CHECKLIST
PLANNING MEETING
A.B
Phase/ Task
Meeting
Action
Primary
Responsibility
1
2
3
4
Briefing on situation and resource status.

Prepare and present revised Objectives.
Select Response Objectives.
Develop revised Strategies for each Objective.
Planning Officer
Planning Officer
Incident Controller
Incident Controller
Identify permits or resources needed for each

Strategy.
Review location of Staging Areas for response
Operations Officer &

Logistics Officer
Logistics Officer
Logistics Officer
Logistics Officer
Logistics Officer
Planning Officer
6
7
Working
Recess
8
9
10
11
Section Officers to develop tactics for each

Strategy.
Section Officers to provide revised lists of
resource needs to Logistics Officer and
Planning Officer.
All Section
Planning Officer
14
Prepare revised Incident Action Plan and

submit to Incident Controller
Approve Incident Action Plan.
15
16
17
Produce approved Incident Action Plan.

Distribute revised Incident Action Plan.
Implement Incident Action Plan.
Planning Officer
Planning Officer
All
12
13
Reconvened
Meeting
Post Meeting
Notes:
Review provision of facilities, materials and

services
Review communications requirements.
Review medical requirements.
Produce Incident Action Plan and provide to IC
and Section Officers.
Officers, Managers &

Unit Coordinators
Incident Controller
Status/
Time
Jansz-Io Drilling
APPENDICES
Pg 1 of 2 Incident Controller
A.1
INCIDENT CONTROLLER
IC
The Incident Controller is responsible for the management of the incident response and control of the Incident
Management Team (IMT). This extends over all phases of the response from the initial assessment to response
termination and demobilisation.
Response Phase
Action
Reporting
Upon receipt of a report of a marine oil pollution incident:

Confirm details of the spill and status of the spill and notify
relevant Statutory Agency via POLREP i.e., DoIR
2
3
Start Personal Log

Obtain details of spill and any actions taken via POLREP
Form. Check the following:
- Time of incident
- Location of incident.
- details of incident.
- Volume of oil spilled.
- Type of oil spilled.
- Wind & current data.
Determine spill origin and trajectory: a Manual estimate and

immediate initiation of OSTM computer trajectory modelling
from AMSA where required.
5
6
7
Determine resources at risk- use OSRA where necessary

Determine Response Tier, in consultation with PIC.
Mobilise IMT (as required)
8
9
Notify and callout CMT as necessary

Set up equipment needed for the IMT (via Finance and Admin
Officer if necessary)
Establish communications with Statutory Authority
Arrange aerial surveillance (or direct Planning Officer).
Convene planning meeting:
Determine Incident Response Aim (Policy).
a
b
Determine Priorities and Objectives.
Determine Strategies.
c
Determine preliminary resources, transport and other support
requirements with Logistics Officer.
Initial
Assessment
Planning
10
11
12
13
14
Direct Section Officers to develop Tactics to implement

Strategies.
Status/
Time
Jansz-Io Drilling
APPENDICES
Pg 2 of 2 Incident Controller
Instruct MLO to develop incident Media Plan.
15
16
Direct Planning Officer to prepare Incident Action Plan.
Implement spill response actions as per OSCP.
Ongoing
17
Response
18
Monitor the response by scheduling and undertaking regular
briefings/debriefings of IMT.
If
necessary call for additional resources:
19
AmosPlan (Mutual Aid Contacts)
a
b
AMSA via WA DoIR (National Plan resources).
AMOSC via AMSA. (Oil Industry resources)
c
Issue regular SITREPS:
20
21
Monitor OH&S performance through OH&S Adviser or
Operations Officer/OH&S Coordinator.
22
Monitor Waste volumes and management through Operations
Officer/Waste Management Coordinator. If necessary, arrange
for the development of a Waste Management Plan. Confirm
that this complies with relevant State standards.
Continue to liaise with the CMT and seek its support as
23
necessary
24
Continue to monitor spill movement and assess the need to
escalate response Tier to Tier 2 or 3
25
If necessary, request the use of dispersants
Response
Termination
26
Arrange relief for IMT members (where necessary).
27
Terminate response if conditions are met:

Liaise with CMT and Statutory Agency
Ensure all IMT members, Combat and Support Agencies are
informed of stand-down (issue SITREP).
Monitor, and ensure a safe and complete demobilisation
Debrief IMT.
Commence Incident Investigation
Ensure that all records are retrieved, collated and stored.
28
Post Spill
29
30
31
32
Jansz-Io Drilling
APPENDICES
Pg 1 of 2 Planning Officer
A.2
PLANNING OFFICER
PO
The Planning Officer manages the Planning Section of the IMT and is responsible for preparing an Incident Action
Plan on behalf of the Incident Controller and collating and interpreting incident data.
Response Phase
Action
Status/
Time
Reporting/
Activation
Assessment
1. Report to Incident Controller.

2. Start Personal Log.
3. Attend Initial Briefing.
4. Obtain available data re:
Weather.
a.
b.
Tides, currents.
c.
Environmental sensitivity data (OSRA).
d.
Spill trajectory (observed and by OSTM modelling).
5.
Establishing
Section
Planning
6.
7.
8.
9.
e.
Oil data (character and behaviour).
Community issues.
f.
g.
Action taken to date.
In consultation with the IC determine level of response and
staffing requirements.
Call in required staff.
Allocate tasks (ref. Tasks 18-40).
Attend initial planning meeting with IC and other Section
officers, and record:
Incident Response Aim (Policy).
a
b
Priorities and Objectives.
Strategies.
c
Distribute draft Plan to Section Officers
10 Obtain and collate other Plans:

a
Communications Sub-Plan from Communications
Coordinator, via Logistics Officer.
b
c
Ongoing
Response
Health & Safety Sub-Plan from OH&S Adviser or

OH&S Coordinator, via Operations Officer.
Operations Sub-Plans from the Operations Officer.
11 Present Incident Action Plan to IC for approval and distribute

as directed.
12 Issue regular SITREPS (Form REP 01) to the IC for
authorisation and despatch.
13 Monitor status boards, maps and charts liaise with IC
14 Monitor response: Update Incident Action Plan if needed.
15 Advise IM of need for Planning Meetings.
Jansz-Io Drilling
APPENDICES
Pg 2 of 2 Planning Officer
Ongoing
16. Monitor performance of Planning Section staff. (Tasks
18 to 40).
Response
17.
Response
Termination
Obtain and interpret and supply data and supply to the IC

for update of Status Boards:
18. Commission the Oil Spill Trajectory Model and monitor
model output.
19. Obtain and interpret pollution fate and behaviour
predictions (ADIOS Model).
20. Provide mapping and photographic services.
21. Issue SITREP.
22. Maintain information summaries on the types and location
of resources deployed in the response.
23. Maintain status information of resources (e.g. deployed,
available, en-route, unserviceable).
24. Prepare and maintain the incident organisation chart
(supply to IC for display).
25. Monitor rosters for all response personnel (obtain from
relevant Section Officers).
Environment Unit (Environment Coordinator):
Collect and collate environment and socio-economic
26.
resource information using Coastal Resources Atlas.
Rank environmental and socio-economic resources for
27.
protection and cleanup.
28. Provide advice on the environmental implications of
proposed response and clean-up measures.
29. Provide advice on temporary and permanent waste
management strategies.
30. Provide advice on post spill monitoring and resource
rehabilitation programs.
31. Coordinate advice from on site environmental specialists.
Consultation Unit (Consultation Coordinator):
32. Identify community and commercial groups that may be
affected by the incident.
33. Develop and implement consultation programs specific to
the affected community or commercial group.
34. Input information developed within the consultation process
into response planning.
Response Planning Unit (Response Plan Coordinator):
35. Coordinate the preparation of the Incident Action Plan.
36. Schedule and prepare briefing for IMT
37. Maintain minutes and records of IMT meetings.
38. Ensure the documentation of all response decisions.
39. Inform all Planning Section staff of response termination.
40.
41.
42.
Debrief Planning Unit coordinators.

Attend debrief.
Ensure all records are given to Finance and Admin Off.
Jansz-Io Drilling
APPENDICES
Pg 1 of 3 Operations Officer
A.3
OPERATIONS OFFICER
OO
The Operations Officer is responsible for ensuring that the Objectives and Strategies outlined in the Incident
Action Plan are carried out effectively. The Operations Officer is responsible for determining how resources are
distributed amongst the units in the Section and for coordinating joint activities.
Response Phase
Action
Reporting/
Activation
Upon callout, report to Incident Controller.

Start Personal Log.
Attend Initial Briefing.
Obtain available data re:
Weather.
a
b
Tides and currents.
c
Topography & shoreline character
d
Environmental sensitivity data
Spill trajectory (observed or by modelling).
e
f
Oil data (character and behaviour).
Action taken to date.
g
Determine need for additional equipment and resources.
Allocate tasks (ref. Tasks 18-40).
Brief Section personnel.
Notify the Planning Section of the names & locations of
Section personnel.
Attend initial planning meeting with IM and other Section
Officers, and record:
Incident Response Aim (Policy).
a
b
Priorities and Objectives.
Strategies.
c
Develop and collate Operations Plan, encompassing:
a
Marine Response Sub-Plan.
b
Aviation Sub-Plan.
Assessment
1
2
3
4
5
Establishing
Section
6
7
8
9
10
Planning
11
12
c
d
13
14
Status/
Time
Shoreline Response Sub-Plan.

Waste Management Sub-Plan.
e
Wildlife Sub-Plan.
Supply Operations Plans to Planning Officer, as developed
and amended.
For each of the Operational Sub-Plans, advise Logistics
Officer and Planning Officer of:
a
b
c
d
Equipment needs.
Labour needs (numbers, training level).
Transport requirements.
Any other needs.
Jansz-Io Drilling
APPENDICES
Ongoing
15
Coordinate and monitor performance of Operations
Response
Section Functional Units as follows:

Marine Unit (Marine Coordinator):
1
Develop and update a Marine Sub-Plan to implement the marine
response strategies in the Incident Action Plan.
Calculate marine response equipment/ labour/ transport
2
requirements and request through Operations Officer.
3
Obtain regular (daily) data:
Location of slick: aerial surveillance reports.
a
b
Condition of the oil (field reports, modelling).
Sea state and weather
c
Prepare work-orders for marine response teams.
4
5
Ensure that Marine Response Teams receive required:
Information; i.e. Briefings/ Inductions/ Weather.
a
b
Personal protective equipment.
Supplies.
c
6
Monitor activities of non-response craft and request (via
Operations Officer) an exclusion zone -if necessary.
7
If permission is given to use dispersants, coordinate vessel
based dispersant operations.
8
Arrange aerial observer support for containment and recovery
operations, and for vessel dispersant spraying operations, (with
Aviation Coordinator via Operations Manager).
9
Inform Waste Management Coordinator (via Operations Officer)

of anticipated waste volumes and type.
Aviation Unit (Aviation Coordinator) :
1
Develop and update an Aviation Sub-Plan to implement aviation
response strategies in the Incident Action Plan.
2
Calculate equipment/labour/transport requirements and request
through Operations Officer.
Obtain data (daily) re:
3
Weather.
a
b
Slick location (modelling data).
Coordinate
aerial
transport operations as required.
4
5
Coordinate aerial surveillance operations on behalf of the
Planning Officer.
Coordinate aerial dispersant operations.
6
Shoreline Unit (Shoreline Coordinator) :
1
Develop and update a Shoreline Sub-Plan to implement the
Incident Action Plan & shoreline response strategies.
2
Calculate shoreline response equipment/labour/transport
3
Obtain regular (daily) data:
Location of oil: aerial surveillance reports and
a
Shoreline assessment Team data.
b
Condition of the oil (field reports, modelling).
Sea state and weather.
c
Prepare work-orders for shoreline response teams.
4
Jansz-Io Drilling
Ongoing
Response
Continued
Response
Termination
APPENDICES
Ensure that Shoreline Teams receive required:

a
b
c
Information; i.e. Briefings/ Inductions/ Weather.

Personal protective equipment.
Communications equipment (in accordance with
the Communications Sub-Plan).
d
Supplies.
6
Monitor activities of non-response personnel and request (via
Operations Officer) security or an exclusion zone -if necessary.
7
If permission is given to use dispersants, ensure that all OH&S
Sub-Plan procedures are followed.
8
Coordinate land transport for shoreline cleanup and assessment
teams (obtain resources via Logistics Officer).
Coordinate Shoreline Assessment Teams.
9
Coordinate Shoreline Cleanup Teams.
10
Wildlife Unit (Wildlife Coordinator):
1
Develop and maintain a Wildlife Response Sub-Plan.
2
Calculate wildlife response equipment/ labour/ transport
Implement the OH&S Sub-Plan.
3
Coordinate oiled wildlife capture operations.
4
Coordinate oiled wildlife cleaning operations.
5
Coordinate wildlife recovery programme.
6
OH&S Unit (OH&S Coordinator) :
1
Develop a site OH&S Plan.
Implement OH&S induction process for all personnel.
2
3
Ensure that proper OH&S procedures have been implemented
for the response.
4
Rectify any practices which breach the OH&S procedures
implemented for the response.
Waste Management Unit (Waste Management Coordinator):
1
Develop and update a Waste Management Sub-Plan to support
the Incident Action Plan.
2
Advise Planning Officer (via Operations Officer) of waste
volumes and transport and disposal costs.
3
Advise marine and shoreline response field teams on the
temporary storage of collected oil.
4
Coordinate the transport of oil and oiled debris to central
storage, or permanent disposal, sites
16
Inform all Operations Section Unit Coordinators of response
termination.
17
18
19
20
21
Debrief Operations Unit Coordinators.

Attend IM debrief.
Ensure that all Field Teams return safely.
Ensure that all equipment is returned to Logistics Section.
Ensure that all records are given to Finance and Admin Officer.
Jansz-Io Drilling
Pg 1 of 2 Logistics Officer
A.4
APPENDICES
LOGISTICS OFFICER
LO
The Logistics Officer activates and manages the Logistics Section of the IMT and is responsible for ensuring that
the IMT is provided with adequate resources to enable an effective response. This encompasses facilities,
services, equipment and materials. The Logistics Officer participates in the development and implementation of
the Incident Action Plan.
Response Phase
Action
Reporting/
Activation
Report to Incident Controller.

Start Personal Log.
Allocate work locations and Tasks to Section personnel.
Notify the Planning Section of the names & locations of Section
personnel (Units).
Attend initial planning meeting with IC and other Section officers
and:
Identify service & support requirements for planned operations.
Assessment
Establishing
Section
Planning
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
Ongoing
Response
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
Develop a Communications Plan.

Develop Logistics Plan to cover any Logistics Strategies
identified in the Incident Action Plan and submit to the Planning
Officer.
Co-ordinate and process requests for resources.
Prepare & record all procurement documents and service
contracts.
Liaise with Finance and Administration Officer.
Establish staging areas, transport, and equipment storage
facilities as required.
Keep the Planning Officer apprised of service & support
capabilities.
Liaise with the Planning Officer and calculate future service &
support requirements.
Ensure safety & welfare of all Section personnel.
Maintain a Log of all Section activities.
Coordinate and monitor performance of Operations Section
Functional Units as follows:
Procurement Unit (Procurement Coordinator) :

Procure personnel and equipment as directed.
1
Provide adequate storage for equipment.
2
3
Delivery of resources.
Services Unit (Services Coordinator):
Provide shelters and amenities for response personnel.
1
Provide accommodation for all response personnel.
2
Provide catering services.
3
4
Provide decontamination facilities for personnel and
equipment.
Status/
Time
Jansz-Io Drilling
APPENDICES
Pg 2 of 2 Logistics Officer
5
Ongoing
Provide security for all areas of the response.
Response
Continued
Response
Termination
Transport Unit (Transport Coordinator):

1
Arrange for supply of transport to meet operational
requirements.
Arrange for the supply of fuel.
2
Arrange for the maintenance of all forms of transport.
3
Communications Unit (Communications Coordinator) :
Develop and maintain a Communications Sub-Plan.
1
2
Acquire and distribute appropriate communications equipment to
meet operational requirements.
3
Ensure appropriate communications and support facilities as
required to meet operational requirements.
Provide technical support for all response communications.
4
Medical Unit (Medical Manager) :
Provide first aid services.
1
Provide ambulance services.
2
Maintain a record of First Aid/CPR trained personnel.
3
Staging Area Unit (Staging Area Managers) :
Provide check in/out procedures and records for personnel.
1
Provide check in/out procedures and records for equipment.
2
Refurbish equipment for return or redeployment.
3
26
Inform all Logistics Section Unit Coordinators of response
termination.
27
28
29
30
31
32
Debrief Logistics Unit Coordinators.

Attend IM debrief.
Ensure that all equipment is returned to Logistics Section.
Ensure that all equipment is cleaned, repaired and returned to
owner or supplier.
Compile final list of consumed, lost or damaged equipment.
Ensure that all records are given to Finance and Admin Officer.
Jansz-Io Drilling
APPENDICES
Pg 1 of 2 Finance and Administration Officer

A.5
FINANCE AND ADMINISTRATION OFFICER
FAO
The Finance and Administration Officer (FAO) is responsible for managing the Finance and Administration
Section. The Finance & Administration Section is responsible for the provision of administrative services to the
Incident Controller and the IMT, and for the management of financial (costs) information.
Response Phase
Action
Reporting/
Activation
Report to Incident Controller.

Start Personal Log.
Allocate work locations and Tasks to Section personnel.
Notify the Planning Section of the names & locations of
Section personnel (Units).
Attend initial planning meeting with IM and other Section
officers.
Identify service & support requirements for planned
operations.
Develop Finance and Administration Plan.
Ensure that the IC and Section Officers are aware of the
administrative arrangements in place.
Log all procurements and, where appropriate, commence
payment/cost recovery procedures.
Assessment
Establishing
Section
Planning
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
Ongoing
Response
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
Overview legal requirements and take action/advise IC as

appropriate.
Review Incident Action Plan on a regular basis and estimate
future Section needs.
Record and process all damage claims.
Record and process all workers compensation claims.
Ensure safety & welfare of all Section personnel.
Maintain a Log of all Section activities for Administrative
Support Report.
Continually monitor expenditure and estimate costs and
report these to the Planning Officer.
Co-ordinate and monitor performance of Operations
Section Functional Units as follows:
Administration Unit (Administration Coordinator) :

1
Provide staff to undertake administrative services, including:
a
Communications; telephones, facsimiles radios
(qualified personnel only), courier services.
b
Clerical services; typing.
Status/
Time
Jansz-Io Drilling
APPENDICES
Pg 2 of 2 Finance and Administration Officer

Finance Unit (Finance Coordinator):
Ongoing
Response
Continued
Response
Termination
Administer contracting services.

1
Pay all accounts and costs associated with the incident.
2
Collate expenditure records for cost recovery.
3
Records Unit (Records Coordinator):
Collate response personnel time sheets.
1
Collate equipment usage records.
2
Collate personal records of personnel.
3
Implement a records management system for the response.
4
Incident Control Centre Management Unit (ICC Manager):
Establish ICC.
1
Maintain Status Boards.
2
Manage information flow within the ICC.
3
Administer ICC security.
4
22
Inform all Finance and Administrations Section Unit
Coordinators of response termination.
23
24
25
Post Spill
26
Debrief F&A Unit Coordinators.

Attend debrief.
Ensure that all records are given to Finance and Admin
Officer.
Assist in documentation and compilation of insurance
claims and other cost recovery.
Jansz-Io Drilling
APPENDICES
Pg 1 of 1 Media Liaison Officer

A.6
MEDIA LIAISON OFFICER
Response
Phase
Reporting
and
Mobilisation
Planning
Ongoing
Response
Action
1
Report to the Incident Controller
2
3
4
Start Personal Log.

Attend briefing with IC.
Review/Develop the Media Plan.
Prepare, in consultation with the IC and CMT a schedule for

media releases and conferences.
If located in the ICC, assist in the preparation of SITREPS
6
7
8
9
10
12
Post
Response
13
15
16
Monitor media broadcasts and newspapers and advise the IC

of issues arising.
Prepare and release regular media bulletins. (as authorised
by the IC/ CMT)
Arrange media conferences or discussion forums as required,
and authorised by the IC/ CMT.
Arrange facilities for media representatives;
On-scene through the IC
a
b
At other locations as required
Brief IMT members for interviews and attend those interviews
if requested.
Attend regular briefings.
Prepare a report on the Media aspects of the response if
requested by the IC or CMT
Attend debrief if requested.
MLO
Status/
Time
Jansz-Io Drilling
Appendix I.
APPENDICES
Shoreline Response Strategies
FATE OF OIL ON REGIONAL SHORELINE TYPES AND APPROPRIATE CLEAN UP STRATEGIES

SHORELINE TYPE
COMMENTS
METHODS OF,
AND SUSCEPTIBILITY
TO, CLEAN UP
INTERTIDAL LIMESTONE
PAVEMENT WITH OR
WITHOUT SAND
VENEER
Landed oil should weather rapidly,

may collect in pools and be
redistributed on rising tide.
Natural weathering will remove oil

with time. Dispersants are not
recommended as they will cause
mortality of shoreline plants and
animals.
FINE-GRAINED
SAND BEACHES
Light grade oils penetrate deeply.

Asphalt-like pavement may
develop, and persist for many years
on a low energy beach. On a high
energy beach oil may be
weathered and removed rapidly, or
buried and removed more slowly.
Depending on priority
rating, beached oil may be left
to weather naturally, or hand
or mechanical removal of
oily sand may be necessary.
COARSEGRAINED SAND
BEACHES
Light grade oils can sink in rapidly

and deeply. Under moderate to high
wave energy, oil can be removed
rapidly. Buried oil may persist in
low energy beaches.
to weather naturally, or, hand
MIXED SAND
AND GRAVEL
Oil may undergo rapid penetration

and burial. Under moderate to low
energy conditions buried oil
may persist for years. Under
high energy conditions, oil can
be removed rapidly.
to weather naturally, or, hand
EXPOSED
ROCKY HEADLANDS
AND ERODING WAVECUT PLATFORMS
Wave reflection will keep some oil

offshore. Landed oil weathers
rapidly.
No clean up necessary.
SHELTERED
ROCKY COASTS AND
SAND BEACHES
Areas of low wave energy. Oil may

persist.
Allow to weather naturally.

May be protected by dykes
if mangroves are present. Booms
should be used to keep oil
offshore.
MANGROVES
Extremely low energy environment.

In muddy sediments little
penetration of the substrate occurs.
Oil is not rapidly removed and is
very persistent. In sediment with
a large sand component, oil
may penetrate the sediments
and persist for years.
Diversion of oil offshore

with booms, etc. a high
priority. Extremely sensitive
areas. Preferable to disperse oil
in deep water prior to
landfall. Mechanical removal not
to be attempted.
Jansz-Io Drilling
APPENDICES
Appendix J.
Oil Spill Trajectory Modeling
HYDROCARBON
SPILL RISK
ASSESSMENT
Jansz Io Reservoir
Rev 1 12h May 2011
Prepared for: ExxonMobil
Asia-Pacific Applied Science Associates
www.apasa.com.au
Document control form

Document
draft
Originated by
Edit & review
Authorized
release by
Rev A- Issued
for internal
review
H Strikwerda
for Date
Rev 0
Issued for
client review
S. Langtry
S. Langtry
16/3/11
Rev 1 Issued
with
clarifications
S. Langtry
S. Langtry
12/5/11
Document name: J0107 - ExxonMobil Jansz Io Hydrocarbon Risk Assessment - Rev 1.doc
APASA Project Number: J0107
APASA Project Manager: Scott Langtry
DISCLAIMER:
This document contains confidential information that is intended only for use by the client and is not for public
circulation, publication, nor any third party use without the approval of the client.
Readers should understand that modelling is predictive in nature and while this report is based on information from
sources that Asia-Pacific ASA Pty Ltd. considers reliable, the accuracy and completeness of said information
cannot be guaranteed. Therefore, Asia-Pacific ASA Pty Ltd., its directors, and employees accept no liability for the
result of any action taken or not taken on the basis of the information given in this report, nor for any negligent
misstatements, errors, and omissions. This report was compiled with consideration for the specified client's
objectives, situation, and needs. Those acting upon such information without first consulting Asia-Pacific ASA Pty
Ltd., do so entirely at their own risk.
J0107 - ExxonMobil Jansz Io Hydrocarbon Risk Assessment - Rev 1.doc
Page i
www.apasa.com.au
Contents
Executive Summary ................................................................................................................x
1
Introduction ..................................................................................................................... 1
Hydrodynamic modelling and validations ......................................................................... 7

2.1
General..................................................................................................................... 7
2.2
Representation of tidal currents ................................................................................ 7
2.3
Representation of drift currents ............................................................................... 13
Wind data ...................................................................................................................... 16
Oil spill models .............................................................................................................. 19

4.1
Contact Thresholds................................................................................................. 20
4.1.1
Surface oil films ............................................................................................. 20
4.1.2
Sub-surface Oils ............................................................................................ 22
4.2
Oil properties and weathering characteristics.......................................................... 23
4.3
Droplet size distribution calculations ....................................................................... 25
4.4
Stochastic modelling approach ............................................................................... 28
Results .......................................................................................................................... 29
5.1
Simulation of 80,000 L diesel spill ........................................................................... 30
5.1.1
80,000 L spill of diesel in summer (October March) .................................... 30
5.1.2
80,000 L spill of diesel in autumn (April) ........................................................ 34
5.1.3
80,000 L spill of diesel in winter (May August) ............................................ 38
5.1.4
80,000 L spill of diesel in spring (September) ................................................ 42
5.2
Simulation of 250,000 L diesel spill ......................................................................... 46
5.2.1
250,000 L spill of diesel in summer (October March) .................................. 46
5.2.2
250,000 L spill of diesel in autumn (April) ...................................................... 50
5.2.3
250,000 L spill of diesel in winter (May August) .......................................... 53
5.2.4
250,000 L of diesel in spring (September) ..................................................... 56
5.3
Simulation of 11 week blowout scenario ................................................................. 59
5.3.1
11 week subsea blowout commencing in summer (October March) ........... 59
5.3.2
11 week subsea blowout commencing in autumn (April) ................................ 64
5.3.3
11 week subsea blowout commencing in winter (May August).................... 70
Page ii
5.3.4
www.apasa.com.au
11 week subsea blowout commencing in spring (September) ........................ 75
Conclusion .................................................................................................................... 80
References .................................................................................................................... 82
Figures
Figure 1-1: Location of the Jansz Io reservoir drilling operations in relation to the adjacent
geographic features......................................................................................................... 4
Figure 1-2: Location of the mainland features and island groups to the south of the Jansz Io
reservoir drilling operations. ............................................................................................ 5
Terms and Abbreviations........................................................................................................ 6
Figure 2-1: Hydrodynamic model grid (black wire mesh) used to generate the tidal currents
overlain on Google Earth imagery showing locations available for tidal comparisons (red
labelled dots). Top panel shows the full domain in context with the continental land
mass, while the bottom panel shows a zoomed subset near the blowout location. Higher
resolution areas are shown by the denser mesh zones. .................................................. 9
Figure 2-2: Comparison between the predicted (blue line) and observed (red line) surface
elevation variations 10 coastal locations in the model domain for January, 2005. ......... 10
Figure 2-3 Comparison between modelled and observed tidal constituent amplitudes (top)
and phases (bottom) at relevant stations. ...................................................................... 11
Figure 2-4: Predicted meso-scale current patterns at one point in time. Current patterns are
shown over the wider scale in the top panel, while a regional zoom around the
hypothetical release point is shown in the bottom panel. Tidal currents are not shown in
this figure. Note that while this example is from January (17/1/2005), the current patterns
should not be construed as consistent for the summer season...................................... 14
Figure 2-5: Seasonal current roses derived from the combined HYCOM and tidal data set for
the output point nearest the Jansz location (19.8S, 114.5E). The colour key shows the
current magnitude, the compass direction provides the direction TOWARDS and the
length of the wedge gives the percentage of the record for a particular speed and
direction combination. ................................................................................................... 15
Figure 3-1: Location of the NCEP wind data nodes from which data were extracted for use in
the spill model. .............................................................................................................. 16
Figure 3-2: Monthly wind distribution (2005 - 2009) for NCEP data location (20 S, 115 E).
The colour key shows the current magnitude, the compass direction provides the
direction FROM and the length of the wedge gives the percentage of the record. ......... 18
Figure 4-1: Photograph of oil film appearance. Top panel indicates bands of dull metallic
colour surrounded by rainbow and silver sheen. Lower panel indicates Rainbow sheen
Page iii
www.apasa.com.au
thinning to silver sheen (Source: Oil on water sheens Ron Goodman Innovative
Ventures Ltd)................................................................................................................. 21
Figure 4-2: Predictions for the partitioning of oil mass over time through weathering
processes for a surface spill of Diesel Fuel Oil (Southern USA, 1997). Predictions are
based on examples of time-varying environmental conditions. ...................................... 23
processes for a surface spill of Jansz Condensate. Predictions are based on examples of
time-varying wind and current conditions for a sea-water temperature of 24 C............. 24
processes for a surface (top) and subsea (bottom) spill of Jansz Condensate. Predictions
are based on examples of time-varying environmental conditions and with a vertical
temperature profile specified for the water column.. ...................................................... 27
processes for a subsea spill of Jansz Condensate with droplet sizes specified as one
order of magnitude larger than those specified for the results in Figure 4-4. .................. 27
Figure 5-1: Predicted probability of sea surface contact to concentrations above 0.15 g/m2
(top) and 1 g/m2 (bottom) resulting from an 80,000 L diesel spill at the hypothetical
release site commencing during summer months. ......................................................... 31
Figure 5-2: Predicted probability of contact by entrained diesel exceeding 10 ppb resulting
from an 80,000 L diesel spill at the hypothetical release site commencing during summer
months. ......................................................................................................................... 33
Figure 5-3: Predicted probability of sea surface contact to concentrations above 0.15 g/m 2
(top) and 1 g/m2 (bottom) resulting from a 80,000 L diesel spill at the hypothetical release
site commencing during autumn. ................................................................................... 35
from an 80,000 L diesel spill at the hypothetical release site commencing during autumn
months. ......................................................................................................................... 37
(top) and 1 g/m2 (bottom) resulting from an 80,000 L diesel spill at the hypothetical
release site commencing during winter months. ............................................................ 39
from an 80,000 L diesel spill at the hypothetical release site commencing during winter
months. ......................................................................................................................... 41
Figure 5-7: Predicted probability of sea surface contact to concentrations above 0.15 g/m2
(top) and 1 g/m2 (bottom) resulting from a an 80,000 L diesel spill at the hypothetical
release site commencing during the spring month. ........................................................ 43
from an 80,000 L diesel spill at the hypothetical release site commencing during spring
months. ......................................................................................................................... 45
Page iv
www.apasa.com.au
(top) and 1 g/m2 (bottom) resulting from a 250,000 L spill of diesel at the hypothetical
release site commencing during summer months. ......................................................... 47
from a 250,000 L spill of diesel at the hypothetical release site commencing during
summer months. ........................................................................................................... 49
release site commencing during autumn. ...................................................................... 51
from a 250,000 L spill of diesel at the hypothetical release site commencing during
autumn months. ............................................................................................................ 52
release site commencing during winter months. ............................................................ 54
from a 250,000 L spill of diesel at the hypothetical release site commencing during winter
months. ......................................................................................................................... 55
release site commencing during the spring month. ........................................................ 57
from a 250,000 L spill of diesel at the hypothetical release site commencing during spring
months. ......................................................................................................................... 58
resulting from an 11 week (270,655 bbl) subsea release at the hypothetical release point
commencing during summer months. ............................................................................ 61
Figure 5-20: Predicted probability of sea surface contact to concentrations > 0.15 g/m 2
commencing during the autumn month.......................................................................... 66
Figure 5-21: Predicted probability of contact by entrained oil exceeding 10 ppb (top) and
mean expected maximum entrained oil concentrations (bottom) resulting from an 11
week (270,655 bbl) subsea release at the hypothetical release point commencing during
autumn. ......................................................................................................................... 69
Figure 5-22: Predicted probability of sea surface contact to concentrations > 0.15 g/m 2
commencing during winter months. ............................................................................... 71
Page v
www.apasa.com.au
winter months. ............................................................................................................... 74
commencing during the spring month. ........................................................................... 76
the spring month............................................................................................................ 79
Page vi
www.apasa.com.au
Tables
Table 1-1: Spill scenarios modelled in this risk assessment ................................................... 3
Table 2-1 Comparison of modelled coastal tidal constituents to observed data at relevant
stations.......................................................................................................................... 12
Table 4-2: Characteristics of the oils used in this study ........................................................ 24
Table 4-3: Assumed specifications for the seabed discharge, used as input to OILMAP-Deep
calculations. Note that the gas-to oil ratio has been calculated for uniform units of
volume. ......................................................................................................................... 25
Table 4-4: Estimates for the droplet size distribution. ........................................................... 26
Table 4-5: Estimates for the resulting gas plume, assuming methane hydrate formation. ..... 26
Table 4-6: Estimates for the resulting gas plume, assuming no methane hydrate formation . 26
Table 5-1: Summary of shoreline risks calculated for different locations resulting from an
80,000 L spill of diesel at the hypothetical release point commencing during summer
months. ......................................................................................................................... 30
Table 5-2: Summary of risks calculated for entrained oil concentrations in shallow waters,
resulting from a 80,000 L spill of diesel at the hypothetical release point commencing
during the summer months. ........................................................................................... 32
80,000 L spill of diesel at the hypothetical release point during the autumn month. ....... 34
during autumn months. .................................................................................................. 36
80,000 L spill of diesel at the hypothetical release point commencing during winter
months. ......................................................................................................................... 38
during winter months. .................................................................................................... 40
80,000 L spill of diesel at the hypothetical release point during the spring month. ......... 42
during spring months. .................................................................................................... 44
Table 5-9: Summary of shoreline risks calculated for different locations resulting from a
250,000 L spill of diesel at the hypothetical release point commencing during summer
months. ......................................................................................................................... 46
Page vii
www.apasa.com.au
during summer months. ................................................................................................. 48
250,000 L spill of diesel at the hypothetical release point during the autumn month. ..... 50
250,000 L spill of diesel at the hypothetical release point commencing during winter
months. ......................................................................................................................... 53
during winter months. .................................................................................................... 55
250,000 L spill of diesel at the hypothetical release point during the spring month. ....... 56
during spring months. .................................................................................................... 58
Table 5-17: Summary of shoreline risks calculated for different locations resulting from an 11
summer months. ........................................................................................................... 60
commencing during summer months. ............................................................................ 62
Figure 5-18: Predicted probability of contact by entrained oil exceeding 10 ppb (top) and 200
ppb (bottom) .................................................................................................................. 63
Figure 5-19: The mean (among replicate simulations) of the highest short-term entrained oil
concentrations (bottom) calculated for an 11 week (270,655 bbl) subsea release at the
hypothetical release point commencing during summer months. ................................... 64
autumn. ......................................................................................................................... 65
commencing during the autumn month.......................................................................... 67
winter months. ............................................................................................................... 70
commencing during winter months. ............................................................................... 72
Page viii
www.apasa.com.au
the spring month............................................................................................................ 75
commencing during the spring month. ........................................................................... 77
Page ix
www.apasa.com.au
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
Asia-Pacific ASA (APASA) undertook a quantitative hydrocarbon spill risk assessment for the
Jansz Io reservoir drilling operations proposed by ExxonMobil. The drilling operations are
located on the North West Shelf of Australia, approximately 255 km northwest of Dampier
and 215 km north of North West Cape.
Three scenarios were specified by ExxonMobil for this modelling study.
1. An 80,000 L spill of marine diesel, over 2 hours, onto the sea surface, representative
of a refuelling incident;
2. A 250,000 L spill of marine diesel, over 2 hours, onto the sea surface, representative
of a storage tank rupture;
3. An uncontrolled subsea blowout, persisting for 11 weeks, releasing a mixture of gas
and condensate, with the condensate discharge rate at 3,515 bbl/day (558,885 L/d).
This equates to a total discharge of condensate over the 11 weeks of 270,655 bbl
(43,034,145 L).
Oil spill modelling was undertaken using a three-dimensional oil spill trajectory and
weathering model, SIMAP (Spill Impact Mapping and Analysis Program), which is designed to
simulate the transport, spreading and weathering of specific oil types under the influence of
changing meteorological and oceanographic forces. Also critical in the selection of this model
for the task, SIMAP is able to simulate discharges at a specified depth in the water column,
account for the generation of oil droplets with a defined particle size distribution (appropriate
for a pressurised sub-surface discharge) and simulate for the long durations required for the
blowout cases (85 day simulations were run).
The spill scenarios involved two quite different release situations. The diesel spill scenarios
(Scenarios 1 and 2) involved the release of oil onto the water surface, forming surface slicks
that become subject immediately to spreading and atmospheric weathering. However,
subsea blowouts (Scenario 3) result in the break-up of oil into droplets, which remain
entrained in the water column until they surface. If and when droplets reach the surface is
strongly dependent on the size distribution of the oil droplets (which affects their surface to
volume ratio) and their density relative to the density of the water column at vertical layers
towards the surface (Chen & Yapa 2007). Estimates for the droplet size-distribution and the
discharge turbulence-zone generated by the expanding gas released with the condensate,
were calculated using a blowout simulation model (OILMAP-Deep), which uses specifications
of the discharge rate for the combined gas and fluid, hole-size, gas to oil ratio, viscosity and
temperature of the condensate at the point of discharge, the depth (hence water pressure) of
the point of discharge and the vertical temperature and salinity profile of the receiving water.
This modelling indicated that the discharge would generate small droplets, with a size range
of approximately 3.5 to 26.5 m, which would have slow surfacing rates and with the potential
for a high percentage (>90%) being trapped in the water column on reaching uniform density
layers. Sensitivity testing on these predictions indicated that droplet sizes one order of
magnitude (i.e. 10 x) larger would result in a significantly faster surfacing time and a much
reduced proportion (<50%) being entrained.
Page x
www.apasa.com.au
A stochastic modelling scheme was followed in this study, whereby SIMAP was applied to
repeatedly simulate the defined spill scenarios using different samples of current and wind
data. These data segments were selected randomly from a historic time-series of wind and
current data representative of the study area. Results of the repeated simulations were then
statistically analysed and mapped to define contours of risk around the release point.
Modelling was carried out separately for current and wind data sampled from the data archive
for spills beginning in the summer months (October to March), autumn month (April), winter
months (May to August) and spring month (September) to quantify risks of contact at
surrounding locations. It should be emphasised that the results displayed are for spills
beginning in each of these seasons. In the case of the shorter duration simulations,
environmental conditions (covering 14 days) were wholly selected from within the designated
season. However, this would not be realistic over the course of the long spills (11 week
blowouts) because the spill may continue into the following or subsequent season. Hence,
current and wind data samples spanning 85 days were selected objectively from starting
dates within each season.
Risks of contact for locations within or on the water surface or surrounding shorelines were
judged in terms of threshold levels of oil concentration. Relatively conservative thresholds of
oil mass per surface area were applied for surfaced oil - equivalent to oil films displaying
silver sheen (0.15 g m-2 ~ 0.15 m) and rainbow sheen (1 g m-2 ~ 1 m thickness). For
concentrations of oil within the water column, a short-term concentration of 10 ppb total oil
was adopted as a conservative threshold, following French 2000.
The main findings of this modelling study are:
Large scale offshore drift currents will have a large influence on the trajectory of
surface films and will control the trajectory of oil that is entrained beneath the
water surface.
Interactions with offshore eddies and prevailing winds will add additional variation
in the trajectory of the spilled diesel and in the case of the 11 week blowout
scenarios, marked variation in the prevailing drift current and wind conditions
would be expected over the duration of the release. This will increase the spread
of condensate during any single event.
For simulations of the 80,000 L and 250,000 L diesel spills, modelling indicated
very low probabilities (< 1%) of surface or entrained diesel > 0.15 g/m2 arriving at
any adjacent shorelines during any seasons.
The discharge conditions assumed for the seabed blowout scenario are
expected to result in the break-up of condensate into small droplets (~ 10 to 50
m range) that are expected to take an extended time to rise to the surface and
may become trapped by density layers in the water column. Under these
circumstances, surface slicks/films would represent a small proportion of the
mass of oil that is released.
Page xi
www.apasa.com.au
Sensitivity testing for the size of the droplets indicated that droplets one order of
magnitude larger would result in a significant increase in the surfacing rate, and
in turn, the proportion that will evaporate from the surface.
Stochastic simulation of the 11 week subsea blowout indicated low probabilities

(< 1%) of surface condensate > 0.15 g/m arriving at any of the surrounding
shorelines during any seasons.
Entrained condensate has the potential to drift long distances with the offshore
drift currents, with the highest probability of affecting waters close to shorelines
immediately to the south-west in Summer, Autumn and Winter.
The northern section of the Ningaloo coast and islands around the entrance to
Exmouth Gulf are indicated to have a moderately high probability (up to 50%) of
at least short-term (1 hour minimum) concentrations >10ppb of entrained
condensate due to a blowout that commences in the Summer, Autumn or Winter,
with highest probabilities for the Autumn case. A lower risk (2%) is indicated for
the Spring. The highest short-term concentration was calculated for the Ningaloo
Coast at 4.5 ppm, in the Autumn simulations.
Locations as far south as the Abrolhos Islands are also indicated to have the
potential for receiving short-term entrained condensate concentrations > 10 ppb.
If a larger short-term threshold is considered, at 200 ppb, the potential for contact
is indicated along the Ningaloo Coast, the Muiron Islands, the Montebello Islands
and the Abrolhos Islands remains (varying among the seasons) but is much
reduced.
It should be noted that the thresholds for contact used in this study are indicative
only and do not imply impact will occur. Definitive thresholds for impact would
need to be based on tests of the sensitivity of organisms occupying the adjacent
habitats with the specific condensate mixture, after weathering under realistic
conditions.
One implication of the relatively small size of condensate droplets that are
indicated by this study is that the dissolution of soluble compounds from the
condensate should be relatively rapid, with the highest dissolution rates occurring
initially, associated with the turbulent plume (French 2000). This would result in
modification of the composition of the remaining volumes of entrained oil, with a
shift towards a higher proportion of longer carbon chain alkanes and a reduced
representation by the more toxic aromatic compounds (Neff et al. 2000). In
addition, the relatively long durations that were indicated for oil to drift onto
shorelines from the blowout scenario suggests that some level of biological
weathering would occur, which would also target the shorter-chained
hydrocarbons that are more biologically available (Camilli et al. 2010).
The modelling also indicated that the condensate, which has a low viscosity,
would tend to spread rapidly at the surface. This implies that entrained oil that
surfaces at a long distance from the discharge source would tend to present as
Page xii
www.apasa.com.au
thin patches of sheen. The low residual (i.e. non evaporative) component in the
fresh oil (0.5%) indicates that this oil sheen should also evaporate rapidly (within
hours) when eventually exposed to the atmosphere, so that significant
accumulation on shorelines is unlikely, if the sheens do drift onto a shoreline.
Page xiii
www.apasa.com.au
INTRODUCTION
Asia-Pacific ASA (APASA) undertook a quantitative hydrocarbon spill risk assessment for the
Jansz Io reservoir drilling operations proposed by ExxonMobil. The drilling operations are
located on the North West Shelf of Australia, approximately 255 km northwest of Dampier
and 215 km north of North West Cape (Figure 1-1). The Montebello Islands are located
approximately 120 km to the southwest of the drilling operations, with the Lowendal Islands
and Barrow Island approximately 135 km and 130 km to the southwest, respectively. Bernier
and Dorrie Islands, as well as the Abrolhos Islands, are located further to the south of the
hypothetical spill site (Figure 1-2).
ExxonMobil identified three hydrocarbon spill scenarios, all taking place at a location over the
Jansz Io reservoir (19 51 9S, 114 30 51E), as being representative of the potential
incidents related to the drilling operations:
1. An 80,000 L spill of marine diesel, over 2 hours, onto the sea surface, representative
of a refuelling incident
2. A 250,000 L spill of marine diesel, over 2 hours, onto the sea surface representative of
a storage tank rupture.
3. An uncontrolled blowout from a depth of 1,300 m below sea level, flowing for 11
weeks, that is releasing a mixture of gas and condensate, with the condensate
discharge at the rate of 3,515 barrels per day (bbls/day: 558.8 m3/d), equating to a
total discharge over the 11 weeks of 270,655 bbl (43,034,145 L) of condensate.
Oil spill modelling was undertaken using a three-dimensional oil spill trajectory and
weathering model, SIMAP (Spill Impact Mapping and Analysis Program), which is designed to
simulate the transport, spreading and weathering of specific oil types under the influence of
changing meteorological and oceanographic forces. The model can be used to represent
spills onto the water surface, or releases directly into the water column, and uses the unique
physical and chemical properties of an oil type to calculate rates of evaporation and viscosity
change, including the tendency to form oil in water emulsions. Moreover, the unique transport
and dispersion of surface slicks and in-water components (entrained and dissolved) are
modelled separately. Thus, the model can be used to understand the wider potential
consequences of a spill, including direct contact to slick oil for surface features and exposure
to entrained and dissolved oil, for organisms in the water column.
Estimates for the droplet size and gas turbulence-zone were calculated using a blowout
simulation model (OILMAP-Deep, developed by Applied Science Associates;
www.asascience.com/software/oilmap/oilmapdeep.shtml). This model uses specifications of
the discharge rate for the combined gas and fluid, hole-size, gas to oil ratio, viscosity and
temperature of the condensate at the point of discharge, the depth (hence water pressure) of
the point of discharge and the vertical temperature and salinity profile of the receiving water.
This modelling indicated that, at the depth and expected temperature of the setting, the
discharge would generate droplets with a size range of approximately 3.5 to 26.5 m, which
would have very slow rates of vertical rise according to the Navier-Stokes equations
(Batchelor, 1967), resulting in the transport of a large proportion with the prevailing currents.
Page 1
www.apasa.com.au
A stochastic modelling scheme was followed in this study, whereby SIMAP was applied to
repeatedly simulate the defined spill scenarios using different segments of current and wind
data that were selected at random, to objectively sample the distribution of the forcing
conditions that would act to generate oil trajectories, both at the surface (wind and current
forcing) and in the water column (current alone), if a spill were to occur in the future.
Because measurements of current and wind data are not available for the study area at
appropriate locations to cover the study area, and in particular, there is no suitable long-term
measurements of current flow that have been taken simultaneously at multiple locations over
the wider offshore region, data segments were instead selected randomly from historic timeseries of predicted wind and current data for the study area. Temporally and spatially varying
predictions for the current and wind fields over the study region were prepared for this
purpose from hindcasts produced by authoritative ocean and atmospheric models. These
archives of wind and current data were prepared for a span of 5 years (2005 to 2009,
inclusive) to allow for interannual variations.
Archives of current data were generated by combining tidal current predictions generated by
a high-resolution tidal current model with drift-current predictions produced by the Hybrid
Coordinate Ocean Model (HYCOM), created by the National Ocean Partnership Program
(NOPP), as part of the U. S. Global Ocean Data Assimilation Experiment (GODAE).The
HYCOM model assimilates ocean observations of sea surface temperature, sea-surface
salinity and surface height, obtained by satellite observations, along with atmospheric forcing
conditions from the hindcasts of atmospheric models to predict for drift currents generated by
such forces as wind shear, density and sea height variations, the rotation of the earth and
momentum. Collectively, the combined current data sets (tidal and drift current) were used to
represent temporal and spatial variations in large-scale drift currents (typically strongest over
the outer shelf waters >200 m depth), tidal currents (typically strongest over the inner shelf),
and wind-driven currents.
Wind data were derived from the hindcast of a global atmospheric modelling system
(NCEP/NCAR reanalysis) which also assimilates atmospheric observations. This data was
extracted and prepared for the same time period as the combined current data, to represent
the effect of wind acting upon both the skin of the water column, and on surface slicks
themselves.
Modelling was carried out separately for current and wind data sampled from the long-run
data archive for spills beginning in the summer months (October to March), autumn month
(April), winter months (May to August) and spring month (September) to quantify risks of
contact at surrounding locations, on a seasonal basis, for each spill scenario (Table 1-1).
Due to the long duration of the blowout cases (~ 3 months) compared to the duration of the
seasons, it should be noted that spills are likely to persist beyond the duration of the given
starting season; hence the analysis used environmental (wind and current) samples that
spanned from the defined season and continued for the designated duration into subsequent
seasons. This is a realistic approach to account for the temporal progression of seasonal
trends in the study area.
Page 2
www.apasa.com.au
Results of repeated simulations using randomly selected samples of the wind and current
data were statistically analysed and mapped to define contours of contact risk around the
release point for each combination of spill scenario and starting season.
Table 1-1: Spill scenarios modelled in this risk assessment
Oil Type
Amount of
spilled oil
Depth of release
Duration of spill
Season
summer
Diesel
80,000 L
Surface
2 hours
autumn
winter
spring
summer
Diesel
250,000 L
Surface
2 hours
autumn
winter
spring
summer
Condensate
270,655 bbl
(43,034,145 L)
1,300 m
11 weeks
autumn
winter
spring
Page 3
www.apasa.com.au
Figure 1-1: Location of the Jansz Io reservoir drilling operations in relation to the adjacent geographic
features.
Page 4
www.apasa.com.au
Figure 1-2: Location of the mainland features and island groups to the south of the Jansz Io reservoir
drilling operations.
Page 5
www.apasa.com.au
Terms and Abbreviations
Surface bound oil oil that remains bound to the surface as a slick or film due to
buoyancy and surface tension.
Entrained oil droplets or globules of oil that are physically mixed (but not dissolved)
into the water column. Physical entrainment can occur either during pressurised
release from a sub-surface location, or through the action of breaking waves, which
results in entrainment of oil droplets from surface slicks.
Evaporation the process whereby components of the oil mixture transferred from the
sea surface to the atmosphere.
Dissolution the process whereby soluble components of an oil mixture dissolve into
the water column to form a hydrocarbon solution. Dissolution involves migration
across oil-water interfaces, hence will be faster where there is greater surface area to
volume. Hence, faster from entrained droplets than from slicks.
Sedimentation The process whereby oil droplets sink and adhere to the seabed. The
specific gravity of most oil types is lower than marine water. Sedimentation for these
oils requires the loss of light fractions and adhesion to suspended sediment particles
from the water.
Stranding - the process whereby oil slicks or films adhere to coastlines. Stranding is a
dynamic process that is affected and limited by the viscosity of the oil and the
absorbance of the coastline (e.g. sand versus rock). A proportion of the oil may be
subsequently refloated and transported away by currents.
Degradation - The bacterial metabolism or photochemical breakdown of oil

components from their long carbon chain form into simpler and biologically inert forms.
Page 6
2
2.1
www.apasa.com.au
HYDRODYNAMIC MODELLING AND VALIDATIONS

General
The area of interest for this study experiences strong tidal flows over the shallower regions,
particularly over the inshore region of the North West Shelf and among the islands of the
Montebello, Lowendal and Barrow Island groups. However, the offshore region deeper than
100 - 200 m experiences significant drift currents. These drift currents can be complex,
represented as a series of eddies and connecting flows, and tend to persist considerably
longer (days to weeks) than tidal current flows (hours between reversals) and thus will have
greater influence upon the trajectory of slicks over time scales exceeding 6 hours. Wind shear
on the surface waters also generates local-scale drift currents that can persist for extended
periods (multiple hours to days) to result in long trajectories toward a particular sector. Hence
the current-induced drift can be variably affected by combinations of tidal, wind-induced and
drift currents. Depending on their local influence it is critical to allow for all sources of
currents to rigorously understand the likely drift patterns of slicks generated in this area.
To appropriately allow for temporal and spatial variation in the current field, the spill modelling
required estimates of the current speed and direction over a grid covering the potential
migration of oil. However, measured current data is not available for simultaneous periods
over a network of locations covering the wider area of this study. Hence, the analysis relied
upon hind-casted estimates of the circulation that were generated by numerical modelling.
The currently developed current data sets for the study area represent drift currents due to
non-tidal forces. Hence, estimates of the net current were derived by combining estimates of
the drift current (available at daily steps) with estimates of the tidal current (generated at
hourly steps), using vector addition.
2.2
Representation of tidal currents
Representations of tidal current speeds and directions (as a function of time) were generated
over the study area using a three-dimensional hydrodynamic model, HYDROMAP. The model
formulations and output (current speed, direction and sea level) of this model have been
validated through field measurements around the world over the past 23 years (Isaji and
Spaulding, 1984; Isaji et al., 2001; Zigic et al., 2003). HYDROMAP current data has also
been widely used as input to forecasts and hindcasts of oil spill migrations in Australian
waters. This modelling system forms part of the Australian National oil spill emergency
response system operated by Australian Maritime Safety Authority. The model is also the
hydrodynamic engine used by the Western Australian marine search and rescue system (WA
Police).
HYDROMAP simulates the flow of ocean currents within a model region due to forcing by
astronomical tides, wind stress and bottom friction for any location on the globe. The model
employs a sophisticated nested-gridding strategy, supporting up to six levels of spatial
resolution. This allows for higher resolution of currents within areas of greater bathymetric
and coastline complexity, or of particular interest to a study. To simulate the tidal current
patterns over any area of interest, the model must be provided with the following data:
Page 7
www.apasa.com.au
1) bathymetric data for the area, which defines the shape of the seafloor;
2) the amplitude and phase of tidal constituents, which are used to calculate sea heights
over time at the open boundaries of the model domain. Changes in sea heights are in
turn used to calculate the propagation of tidal currents through the model region;
The numerical solution methodology follows that of Davies (1977 a, b) with further
developments for model efficiency by Owen (1980) and Gordon (1982). A more detailed
presentation of the model can be found in Isaji and Spaulding (1984).
HYDROMAP was set up over a domain that extended 2,000 km (east west) by 1,600 km
(north - south; Figure 2-1). The model domain covered the section of the Western Australian
coastline extending northward from Jurien Bay to Sunday Island (200 km north of Broome).
Four levels of sub-gridding were applied to the model domain to increase the resolution over
the coastal region. The resolution of the primary level was set at 8 km. The second, third and
fourth levels were defined by subdividing the primary level grid cells into 4, 16 and 32 grid
cells respectively. Thus, these grid cells had resolutions of 4 km, 2 km and 1 km respectively.
The finer grids were allocated in a step-wise fashion to areas where higher resolution of
circulation patterns was required to resolve flows through channels, around shorelines or over
more complex bathymetry. Approximately 46,000 cells were used to define the region.
Bathymetric data used to define the three-dimensional shape of the study domain was
extracted from the CMAP electronic chart database, which provided a collation of bathymetric
data supplied by the Australian Hydrographic Office including high resolution data in the nearshore regions. Depths in the domain ranged from shallow areas that would periodically dry
during low tide through to more than 6,000 m in the deep ocean.
Tidal forcing data, in the form of tidal amplitudes and phases for the eight largest tidal
constituents for the study region (designated as K2, S2, M2, N2, K1, P1, O1 and Q1) were
extracted for the tidal boundaries of the model from the Topex Poseidon global tidal
database, which is produced from satellite altimeter data and quality controlled by the US
National Atmospheric and Space Agency. The eight largest constituents were chosen
because, collectively, they represented > 95% of the tidal magnitudes.
For the purposes of verification of the tidal predictions, the model output was compared
against independent predictions of tides, using the Xtide database. Overall, there are more
than 40 locations within the model domain where the tidal constituents are known, however
some of these are located in areas that were not sufficient resolved by this large scale ocean
model. However, more than 30 stations along the coastline were suitable for comparison of
the model performance with the observed data. These stations covered the full extent of the
modelled coastline (see Figure 2-1).
The comparison data is summarised in Table 2-1 and time-series comparisons for 10 of the
stations are shown in Figure 2-2, for the period of January 2005. All comparisons show that
the model is producing an excellent match to the known tidal behaviour for a wide range of
tidal amplitudes and is clearly representing the diurnal nature of the tidal signal. The
performance for all comparison stations was also evaluated through a comparison of the
predicted and observed tidal constituents, derived from an analysis of the model predictions
at each location. Figure 2-3 shows the results graphically for the amplitude (top) and phase
Page 8
www.apasa.com.au
(bottom) of the five dominant tidal constituents. The red line on each plot shows the 1:1 line,
which would indicate a perfect match between the modelled and observed data. Note that
the data is closely aligned to the 1:1 line demonstrating the very good model performance.
Figure 2-1: Hydrodynamic model grid (black wire mesh) used to generate the tidal currents overlain on
Google Earth imagery showing locations available for tidal comparisons (red labelled dots). Top panel
shows the full domain in context with the continental land mass, while the bottom panel shows a
zoomed subset near the blowout location. Higher resolution areas are shown by the denser mesh
zones.
Page 9
www.apasa.com.au
Figure 2-2: Comparison between the predicted (blue line) and observed (red line) surface elevation
variations 10 coastal locations in the model domain for January, 2005.
Page 10
www.apasa.com.au
Figure 2-3 Comparison between modelled and observed tidal constituent amplitudes (top) and phases
(bottom) at relevant stations.
Page 11
www.apasa.com.au
Table 2-1 Comparison of modelled coastal tidal constituents to observed data at relevant stations
Constituent:
Station Name
Longitude
Latitude
Barrow Island - Tkr Mrg
115.5500
-20.8167
Barrow Island
Broome
Cape Legendre
Carnarvon
Carnavon (2)
Dampier
Denham
Depuch Island
Exmouth
Fortescue Road
Hauy Islet
Kalbarri
Lagrange Bay
Large Islet
Learmonth
Lynher Bank
Monkey Mia
North Island
North Turtle Islet
North West Island
Onslow
Point Maud
Point Murat
Port Hedland
Port Walcott
Red Bluff
Serrurier Island
Serrurier Island
Shark Bay (INR BCN)
Steamboat Island
Tantabiddi
Trimouille Island
Useless Loop
Withnell Point
115.4667
122.2167
116.8333
113.6500
113.6500
116.7167
113.5333
117.7500
114.1500
116.1000
116.9667
114.1667
121.7333
115.5000
114.0833
122.0167
113.7167
113.6000
118.9000
115.5167
115.1000
113.7833
114.1833
118.5833
117.1833
122.3167
114.6833
114.6833
113.3833
116.0667
113.9833
115.5500
113.4167
113.0167
-20.7167
-18.0000
-20.3500
-24.8667
-24.7833
-20.6500
-25.4333
-20.6167
-21.9333
-21.0000
-20.4167
-27.7000
-18.7000
-21.3000
-22.1833
-15.4667
-25.8000
-28.3000
-19.9000
-20.3667
-21.6333
-23.1167
-21.8167
-20.3000
-20.5833
-17.0667
-21.6000
-21.6000
-25.9667
-20.8167
-21.9167
-20.3833
-26.1333
-25.5833
M2
S2
K1
O1
N2
Source Amp. (m) Phase () Amp. (m) Phase () Amp. (m) Phase () Amp. (m) Phase () Amp. (m) Phase ()
Obs.
1.03
314.5
0.62
26.1
0.22
298.5
0.16
274.9
0.17
284.4
Mod.
1.02
320.1
0.53
51.1
0.26
308.2
0.14
285.0
0.17
288.3
Obs.
0.80
307.6
0.44
19.2
0.22
297.0
0.14
275.2
0.13
278.0
Mod.
0.79
310.6
0.40
40.3
0.24
304.6
0.12
283.1
0.13
277.7
Obs.
2.37
297.8
1.48
5.7
0.26
292.5
0.16
273.2
0.41
268.8
Mod.
2.55
297.3
1.36
24.1
0.29
298.3
0.15
278.7
0.40
269.3
Obs.
1.13
302.0
0.62
9.4
0.25
287.1
0.15
274.4
0.24
272.0
Mod.
1.17
303.9
0.59
30.4
0.26
300.6
0.13
278.9
0.19
271.4
Obs.
0.32
306.8
0.14
14.5
0.22
293.6
0.14
276.3
0.06
281.0
Mod.
0.23
294.0
0.10
28.9
0.23
300.7
0.13
280.7
0.05
264.5
Obs.
0.28
303.0
0.15
13.0
0.17
296.0
0.19
278.0
0.06
271.0
Mod.
0.23
288.8
0.10
23.5
0.23
298.9
0.12
279.0
0.05
259.0
Obs.
1.12
302.9
0.65
12.2
0.23
291.6
0.15
271.6
0.20
270.9
Mod.
1.21
307.2
0.62
34.9
0.26
302.8
0.13
280.8
0.20
275.2
Obs.
0.17
7.2
0.08
75.4
0.22
330.0
0.14
311.5
0.03
344.5
Mod.
0.18
325.8
0.08
59.5
0.22
321.5
0.12
301.0
0.04
296.9
Obs.
1.50
309.2
0.95
14.8
0.25
287.8
0.16
271.9
0.23
292.0
Mod.
1.69
313.1
0.88
42.6
0.28
305.5
0.14
283.1
0.27
282.5
Obs.
0.57
310.1
0.30
24.2
0.21
296.6
0.14
278.4
0.10
280.9
Mod.
0.51
314.4
0.25
50.3
0.23
307.6
0.12
286.0
0.09
280.7
Obs.
1.10
318.0
0.60
28.0
0.20
294.0
0.10
280.0
0.21
280.5
Mod.
1.17
316.1
0.61
46.4
0.27
306.8
0.14
283.8
0.19
284.8
Obs.
1.26
309.9
0.71
17.1
0.22
288.6
0.14
266.3
0.23
287.2
Mod.
1.29
306.6
0.65
33.6
0.27
301.5
0.13
278.8
0.21
274.3
Obs.
0.05
322.7
0.03
351.8
0.14
326.3
0.10
309.1
0.01
322.7
Mod.
0.07
264.9
0.03
316.9
0.19
304.9
0.11
290.9
0.01
283.3
Obs.
2.42
296.0
1.47
358.0
0.23
274.0
0.13
277.0
0.47
262.8
Mod.
2.61
299.4
1.40
26.9
0.29
299.0
0.15
279.5
0.40
271.3
Obs.
0.91
321.0
0.53
33.0
0.20
290.0
0.15
280.0
0.18
282.4
Mod.
0.87
324.7
0.46
57.7
0.25
310.1
0.14
286.9
0.14
292.9
Obs.
0.66
312.0
0.36
24.0
0.19
292.0
0.14
281.0
0.10
282.0
Mod.
0.62
321.6
0.30
59.9
0.24
311.0
0.13
289.2
0.10
288.9
Obs.
1.37
300.9
0.94
15.0
0.21
312.6
0.14
270.1
0.28
263.2
Mod.
1.45
295.2
0.70
16.5
0.27
297.4
0.13
276.7
0.24
265.6
Obs.
0.38
6.9
0.17
77.1
0.23
320.1
0.16
297.1
0.07
345.7
Mod.
0.15
8.2
0.06
100.4
0.23
346.6
0.13
326.9
0.03
336.4
Obs.
0.07
287.7
0.04
312.2
0.17
301.4
0.12
285.9
0.01
310.0
Mod.
0.06
264.5
0.03
313.3
0.19
305.3
0.10
289.7
0.01
294.7
Obs.
1.80
295.0
1.10
5.0
0.20
292.0
0.20
270.0
0.35
257.5
Mod.
1.91
311.9
0.99
41.4
0.28
303.9
0.14
282.4
0.30
281.7
Obs.
0.64
328.7
0.48
30.6
0.15
299.2
0.14
287.2
0.10
311.0
Mod.
0.65
300.1
0.32
27.0
0.23
300.4
0.12
276.8
0.11
266.5
Obs.
0.59
301.8
0.32
12.8
0.21
293.9
0.13
276.2
0.11
273.2
Mod.
0.56
302.4
0.28
32.7
0.23
302.7
0.12
281.6
0.10
268.6
Obs.
0.28
275.2
0.08
341.6
0.20
286.8
0.12
270.9
0.05
244.9
Mod.
0.25
275.2
0.11
8.1
0.20
296.1
0.11
276.9
0.05
241.5
Obs.
0.49
314.0
0.27
26.5
0.18
302.0
0.13
281.0
0.09
295.0
Mod.
0.45
309.7
0.21
44.2
0.22
305.4
0.12
283.3
0.08
275.4
Obs.
1.70
305.6
1.04
14.6
0.24
293.1
0.15
273.1
0.30
275.7
Mod.
1.90
315.6
0.99
45.8
0.28
306.3
0.15
284.6
0.30
285.5
Obs.
1.38
306.1
0.82
15.3
0.24
293.0
0.15
272.4
0.24
274.4
Mod.
1.52
312.7
0.78
41.5
0.27
304.8
0.14
282.5
0.25
281.4
Obs.
1.90
311.4
1.33
15.4
0.20
290.8
0.19
249.3
0.20
287.4
Mod.
2.15
300.3
1.11
24.9
0.28
299.6
0.14
279.6
0.34
272.1
Obs.
0.48
290.0
0.26
5.0
0.18
288.0
0.12
269.0
0.09
249.8
Mod.
0.44
290.3
0.22
19.2
0.22
298.3
0.11
277.6
0.08
255.8
Obs.
0.48
290.0
0.26
5.0
0.18
288.0
0.12
269.0
0.09
249.8
Mod.
0.44
290.3
0.22
19.2
0.22
298.3
0.11
277.6
0.08
255.8
Obs.
0.15
9.6
0.07
73.8
0.21
333.1
0.15
316.6
0.03
343.8
Mod.
0.18
347.7
0.06
91.1
0.23
317.3
0.13
297.4
0.04
322.2
Obs.
1.04
305.3
0.67
15.4
0.29
300.4
0.14
264.0
0.14
258.9
Mod.
1.10
309.8
0.57
38.2
0.26
303.2
0.13
280.8
0.18
277.4
Obs.
0.34
286.9
0.17
355.8
0.19
289.3
0.13
271.6
0.06
258.4
Mod.
0.30
281.5
0.14
12.4
0.21
296.9
0.11
277.4
0.06
247.0
Obs.
0.75
308.0
0.45
19.0
0.20
280.0
0.14
280.0
0.14
274.0
Mod.
0.91
315.8
0.46
45.7
0.25
307.4
0.13
284.0
0.15
283.8
Obs.
0.13
35.3
0.05
100.5
0.23
344.9
0.15
326.0
0.02
10.9
Mod.
0.26
14.2
0.10
122.7
0.24
327.9
0.14
307.1
0.05
350.6
Obs.
0.18
324.0
0.08
26.0
0.19
306.0
0.13
291.0
0.04
303.0
Mod.
0.14
311.7
0.06
45.5
0.21
311.4
0.12
292.1
0.03
285.1
Page 12
2.3
www.apasa.com.au
Representation of drift currents
While HYDROMAP has been proven to accurately predict tidal propagation over the region,
the model is not configured to represent larger scale drift currents that are generated by
forces such as sea height and density differentials and geostrophic effects of land masses
with the rotation of the earth. Representation of the drift currents that affect this area were
derived from the output of the HYCOM (HYbrid Coordinate Ocean Model, see Wallcraft et al.
2003) global ocean model sponsored by the National Ocean Partnership Program, as part of
the U. S. Global Ocean Data Assimilation Experiment (GODAE). The HYCOM oceanographic
hindcasts represent the meso-scale circulation patterns with assimilation of observed
meteorological and oceanographic data. The HYCOM data were selected for this study
because it has the highest spatial resolution of available model data, has proven to provide a
good representation of the drift currents in the general region (Brushett et al. 2011) and the
surface wind data used in the calculation of the drift currents were available for a consistent
period.
HYCOM ocean model current data were obtained for a 5 year period spanning 2005 to 2009
(inclusive) as a gridded current field to represent variation in the drift currents over temporal
scales ranging from daily to interannual. The spatial resolution of the HYCOM data is
approximately 8.5 km over the study region, hence the model resolves ocean features of this
scale or larger. Figure 2-4 shows an example of the meso-scale current vectors calculated by
the HYCOM model for the region on one day (17th January 2005). The image demonstrates
the complexity and relatively large magnitudes of the drift current flows over the region
deeper than the inner shelf waters. Analysis of the data also indicates that there is
considerable temporal variability over scales as short as one day.
Because the HYCOM data was at daily time steps, temporal interpolation was applied to
calculate changes in drift current speeds and directions down to the hourly temporal scale of
the tidal data. The combined current was then calculated, at the spatial scale of the tidal
model, by vector addition.
Extracts from the combined current data set have been made at the modelled spill locations,
to provide an insight into the expected early behaviour of any spilled oil due to prevailing
currents alone. Seasonal current roses derived from the data are presented below for the
nearest point: 19.8S, 114.5E (Figure 2-5). The roses show the clear predominance of south
westerly flowing currents during summer, transitional autumn and winter, with strongest
speeds recorded during autumn. During the spring transition, current directions are more
variable and speeds are at their weakest.
Page 13
www.apasa.com.au
Figure 2-4: Predicted meso-scale current patterns at one point in time. Current patterns are shown
over the wider scale in the top panel, while a regional zoom around the hypothetical release point is
shown in the bottom panel. Tidal currents are not shown in this figure. Note that while this example is
from January (17/1/2005), the current patterns should not be construed as consistent for the summer
season.
Page 14
www.apasa.com.au
Figure 2-5: Seasonal current roses derived from the combined HYCOM and tidal data set for the output
point nearest the Jansz location (19.8S, 114.5E). The colour key shows the current magnitude, the
compass direction provides the direction TOWARDS and the length of the wedge gives the percentage
of the record for a particular speed and direction combination.
Page 15
www.apasa.com.au
WIND DATA
To account for the influence of the wind on both surface water layers and oil slicks,
representation of the wind conditions were provided by spatial wind fields sourced from the
National Center for Environmental Predictions (NCEP), NOAA-CIRES Climate Diagnostics
Center in Boulder, Colorado. The NCEP wind data are hindcasts generated by integration of
extensive historic and observed atmospheric data using a state-of-the-art atmospheric model
with global coverage. An important advantage of applying this data is that it provides
estimates of the spatial variation across the offshore waters of the study region. This data is
also an input to the HYCOM model, providing consistency with that data.
Spatial NCEP wind data for the same spatial and temporal coverage (2005 to 2009 inclusive)
were extracted for the nearest model nodes (Figure 3-1) and spatially interpolated for input
into the oil spill model The data were assumed to be a suitably representative sample of the
wind conditions over the study area for future years.
Figure 3-1: Location of the NCEP wind data nodes from which data were extracted for use in the spill
model.
Figure 3-2 shows the seasonal wind rose distributions for the closest NCEP wind station to
the modelled spill locations (coordinates 20 S, 115 E). Note that the convention for defining
wind direction is the direction the wind blows from.
The wind direction is most commonly from the south-southwest during the summer and
transitional spring months, and the wind direction is rarely from the north-west or north.
During winter, the winds typically prevail from the easterly and south-easterly direction and
remain rare from the north-west or north. During the transitional autumn and spring month,
Page 16
www.apasa.com.au
the winds swing between the summer and winter patterns and southerly winds are quite
common.
The wind data suggests that, in the absence of any current effects, the wind acting on surface
slicks would tend to result in trajectories that will most frequently be towards the east to northeast during summer, west to south-west during winter and north to north-east during spring
and autumn.
Note that the actual trajectories of surface slicks will be the net result of a combination of the
prevailing wind and current vectors acting in a given location. The spill modelling was used to
account for this behaviour.
Page 17
www.apasa.com.au
Figure 3-2: Monthly wind distribution (2005 - 2009) for NCEP data location (20 S, 115 E). The colour
key shows the current magnitude, the compass direction provides the direction FROM and the length
of the wedge gives the percentage of the record.
Page 18
www.apasa.com.au
OIL SPILL MODELS
SIMAP is an evolution of the US EPA Natural Resource Damage Assessment model (French
et al. 1996; French 1998; French et al. 1999) and is designed to simulate the fate and effects
of spilled oils and fuels for both the surface slick and the three-dimensional plume that is
generated in the water column. SIMAP includes algorithms to account for both physical
transport and weathering processes. The latter are important for accounting for the
partitioning of the spilled mass over time between the water surface (surface slick), water
column (entrained oil and dissolved compounds), atmosphere (evaporated compounds) and
land (stranded oil). The model also accounts for the interaction between weathering and
transport processes.
The physical transport algorithms calculate transport and spreading by physical forces,
including surface tension, gravity and wind and current forces for both surface slicks and oil
within the water column. The fates algorithms calculate all of the weathering processes
known to be important for oil spilled to marine waters. These include droplet and slick
formation, entrainment by wave action, emulsification, dissolution of soluble components,
sedimentation, evaporation, decay and shoreline interactions. These algorithms account for
the specific oil type being considered.
Evaporation rates vary over space and time dependent on the prevailing sea temperatures,
wind and current speeds, the surface area of the slick and entrained droplets that are
exposed to the atmosphere as well as the state of weathering of the oil. Evaporation rates will
decrease over time, depending on the calculated rate of loss of the more volatile compounds.
By this process, the model can differentiate between the fates of different oil types.
Entrainment, dissolution and emulsification rates are correlated to wave energy, which is
accounted for by estimating wave heights from the sustained wind speed and direction and
the fetch (i.e. distance downwind from land barriers) at different locations in the domain.
Dissolution rates are dependent upon the proportion of soluble, short-chained, hydrocarbon
compounds, and the surface area at the oil/water interface of slicks. Dissolution rates are also
strongly affected by the level of turbulence. For example, they will be relatively high at the site
of the release for a deep-sea discharge at high pressure.
In contrast, the release of hydrocarbons onto the water surface will not generate high
concentrations of soluble compounds. However, subsequent wave action will enhance
dissolution from surface slicks. Because the compounds that have high solubility also have
high volatility, the processes of evaporation and dissolution will be in dynamic competition.
Technical descriptions of the algorithms used in SIMAP and validations against real spill
events are provided in e.g. French et al. (1996) and French (1998).
Input specifications for oil types include the density, viscosity, pour-point, and the
aromatic/aliphatic component ratios within given boiling point ranges.
Page 19
www.apasa.com.au
The model calculates a distribution of the oil, by mass, over time into the following
components:
Surface bound oil

Entrained oil (non-dissolved oil droplets that are physically entrained in the water
column)
Dissolved hydrocarbons (principally the aromatic and short-chained aliphatic

compounds, in solution)
Evaporated hydrocarbons
Sedimented hydrocarbons
Decayed hydrocarbons.
4.1
Contact Thresholds
4.1.1
Surface oil films
Surface oil concentrations (g/m2) are relevant to describing the risks of oil coating emergent
reefs, vegetation in the littoral zone and shoreline habitats as well as the risk to wildlife found
on the water surface, such as marine mammals, reptiles and birds. The SIMAP model is able
to track surface oils to concentrations that are lower than biologically significant levels.
Therefore, threshold concentrations are specified to control the recording of contact to both
surface and subsurface locations, when at or above defined threshold levels only.
The judgement of meaningful threshold levels is complicated and will depend upon the
sensitivity of biota, or other receptors, that may be contacted, the duration of the contact and
the particular toxic, smothering or other mechanism of harm presented by the oil mixture that
is involved in the contact. The latter factor is further complicated by the change in the physical
properties and chemical composition of an oil type over time due to weathering processes.
Such considerations are beyond the scope of this investigation. Hence, a conservative
approach was followed.
Thresholds for registering contact by surface slicks onto surface waters were assessed at two
concentrations that would be mark the visual presence of the surface-bound oil, based on
established relationships between slick thickness and visual appearance (Bonn Agreement
2004) as summarised in
Table 4-1 (see also Figure 4-1).
0.15 g m-2 (0.15 m), which would present as a film with silver sheen
1 g m-2 (1 m), which would present as a film with bright rainbow sheen
Estimates for the minimal thickness of oil that will result in harm to seabirds through ingestion
from preening of contaminated feathers, or the loss of thermal protection of their feathers, has
been estimated by different researchers at 10 m (French 2000) to 25 m (Kroops et al.
2004). Hence, the thresholds applied to surface-bound oil concentrations in this study are
likely to be conservative in terms of environmental harm to organisms at the surface but
Page 20
www.apasa.com.au
would be relevant to observable area of effect of spills and may, for example, may trigger
economic impacts, such as the temporary closure of local fisheries, as a precautionary
measure.
Table 4-1: The Bonn Agreement Oil Appearance Code.
Appearance
(following Bonn visibility
descriptors)
Thickness
Volume per area
(g m )
(m)
(L km )
50 to 200
50 to 200
50,000 to 200,000
5 to 50
5 to 50
5,000 to 50,000
Rainbow sheen
0.30 to 5.0
0.30 to 5.0
300 to 5,000
Silver sheen
0.04 to 0.30
0.04 to 0.30
40-300
Discontinuous true oil colours

Dull metallic colours
Mass per area

-2
-2
Figure 4-1: Photograph of oil film appearance. Top panel indicates bands of dull metallic colour
surrounded by rainbow and silver sheen. Lower panel indicates Rainbow sheen thinning to silver
sheen (Source: Oil on water sheens Ron Goodman Innovative Ventures Ltd)
Page 21
www.apasa.com.au
When surface slicks are predicted to come in contact with shorelines, the SIMAP model
calculates the accumulation of oil mass per unit of shoreline area. This allows, for example,
for films thinner than the threshold to accumulate over time to concentrations exceeding the
defined threshold. Limits are applied to the mass that will accumulate at any location,
following empirical relationships that relate to the oil viscosity (higher possible oil mass with
higher viscosity) and shoreline type (higher possible mass with increased absorbance and
lower slope). This check is built in to avoid a false build-up at a given location and, in turn, an
under-representation of oil mass available to migrate to other locations.
Depending upon the habitats at the shoreline, the primary source of impacts from oil contact
with shoreline habitats and associated biota is through toxicity, through direct contact with oil
components, or through smothering (US EPA 1993, French 1998). Risks from both
mechanisms would vary with the nature of the oil and sensitivity of the organisms but, in
general, will increase with mass per area. The planning of remedial action also requires an
understanding of how much oil might accumulate at a given location. Hence, risks to
shorelines have been summarised in terms of the both the average and maximum mass per
area that was estimated during the multiple replicates of scenario and season combinations.
This will indicate the typical and worst case estimates, respectively.
4.1.2
Sub-surface Oils
Contact risks for submerged habitats and organisms are better represented by estimates for
oil that either entrains or dissolves into the water column because this oil may be physically
available to the habitat/organism. Entrained oil is oil that exists as discrete oil droplets within
the water, hence is not dissolved but is held in suspension as an oil-in-water colloid.
For entrained oil concentrations, which is a measure of the total oil content per unit volume, a
lower threshold concentration of 10 ppb was specified based on a conservative no effects
concentration proposed by French (2000), given sufficiently long exposure periods (>24 hrs)
for organisms to absorb the more toxic, tissue soluble, compounds. This threshold is
considered to be further conservative for the modelling application because exceedance was
triggered in the calculations for exposure periods as short as one hour.
Marine organisms can typically tolerate concentrations of toxic hydrocarbons that are two or
more orders of magnitude higher over short durations (Pace et al. 1995, French 2000, Clark
et al. 2001). For example, Clarke et. al. reported the LC50 concentration (i.e. concentration
found to be lethal for 50% of a sample of test organisms) values for three oil types (two crude
oils and a medium density fuel oil) at around 500 ppb as total petroleum hydrocarbons, for
two fish species and one marine mysid species, with exposure periods of 48-96 hrs but 4 to
100 fold higher (i.e. 2,000 to 50,000 ppb) for spiked exposure (~ 100 minutes). It should be
noted that these concentrations are for concentrations that would be expected to cause
measurably lethal effects and that thresholds indicative of low or no effect (as adopted in this
study) would be one or two orders of magnitude lower for both the short term and long term
exposures (French 2000).
Hence, for the blowout case, a second threshold was applied to map out the locations with a
probability of >1% indicated for short term concentrations (1 hr) at 200 ppb, or greater, to
show areas where biological effects might be more likely. This higher threshold was not
Page 22
www.apasa.com.au
plotted for the smaller diesel and drilling fluid spills onto the surface because such
concentrations had limited extent.
4.2
Oil properties and weathering characteristics
Characteristics for the diesel oil were based on data available for diesel oil formulated for
similar operational temperatures to the North West Shelf. Diesel is a mixture of volatile and
persistent hydrocarbons, with approximately 40-50% by mass predicted to evaporate over the
first day or two, depending upon the prevailing conditions, with further evaporation slowing
over time. The heavier components of diesel have a strong tendency to entrain into the upper
water column due to wind waves, but can refloat to the surface if wind waves abate.
Predictions for the weathering of a marine diesel spill under representative ambient
conditions are shown in Figure 4-2.
Figure 4-2: Predictions for the partitioning of oil mass over time through weathering processes for a
surface spill of Diesel Fuel Oil (Southern USA, 1997). Predictions are based on examples of timevarying environmental conditions.
Component assay data available for whole oil samples of Jansz Condensate were
summarised to derive density and viscosity estimates and to compartmentalise the oil mass
by levels of volatility (Table 4-2). These characteristics indicate that the condensate will be
highly volatile if exposed at the water surface, with < 1% of the oil mass resisting evaporation
over extended periods of time.
Page 23
www.apasa.com.au
Table 4-2: Characteristics of the oils used in this study

Component
Volatiles
Semivolatiles
Low
Volatility
(%)
Residual (%)
Initial
density
3
(kg/m )
Viscosity
(cP)
(25 C)
BP ( C)
<180
>180265
>265 380
>380
Diesel Fuel
Oil
836.8
766
% of total
34.6
54.4
<5
Jansz
Condensate
847.8
1.2
% of total
79.9
16.5
3.1
0.5
Oil type
NON- PERSISTENT
PERSISTENT
surface spill of Jansz Condensate. Predictions are based on examples of time-varying wind and
current conditions for a sea-water temperature of 24 C.
Due to the subsurface release scenario that is being investigated in this study, the
condensate will initially be entrained in the water column and must float to the surface before
atmospheric weathering can occur. The surfacing time for entrained droplets will be slower for
oil with densities approaching that of the surrounding seawater, due to a reduced buoyancy
effect, and for smaller droplet sizes, due to the greater surface area to volume ratio, hence
increased effects of vertical mixing in the water column. Hence, the droplet size distribution
that is generated by the discharge situation will strongly affect the rates of entrainment and
availability of oil at the surface for atmospheric weathering to occur. These factors are
investigated, for the blowout scenario, in the following section.
Page 24
4.3
www.apasa.com.au
Droplet size distribution calculations
Specification of the weathering rates for the blowout scenario required definition of the droplet
size distribution that would be produced by the seabed discharge (Chen & Yapa, 2007) as
well as the likely height to which the expanding gas plume would transport the oil, vertically,
before the gas either accelerated away from the oil or dissolved into the water column (or
both; e.g. Socolofsky et. al. 2011). To assess the likely range of droplet sizes, a deep water
blowout model (OILMAP-Deep; Spaulding et. al. 2000) was run with specification of the
release depth, release orifice diameter, gas to oil ratio, gas and oil discharge rates, discharge
temperature, condensate viscosity and the salinity and temperature of the receiving waters.
Details of the assumed specifications for the discharge are summarised in Table 4-3. The
model was operated assuming that the discharge of gas would be subject to the formation of
methane hydrate chrystals, due to the pressure and temperature of water at the discharge
point (Spaulding et. al. 2000; Chen & Yapa 2001, Yapa & Chen 2004). Methane hydrates
form from a phase-change of methane into an ice-like crystaline structure, which will not
expand and rise rapidly like the gas form. Hence, the significance of this process is the effect
on the plume dimensions. Hence, the assistance provided by the gas in accelerating the oil
towards the surface.
The output droplet size distribution reported by OILMAP-Deep is summarised in Table 4-4.
The model indicated droplet sizes ranging from 9.32 m to 55.7 m (median 26 m). Table
4-5 displays the calculated dimensions of the rising and expanding gas plume that would be
generated. Note that the plume break height is the estimate of the maximum height at which
the gas plume will propel the entrained droplets.
Because methane hydrates tend to be unstable, it is possible that methane hydrate formation
would not be an important process for the scenario investigated in this study, due to the
turbulence of the release and the presence of significant horizontal currents, hence the
release was also tested without allowance for this process (Table 4-6). Note that the model
indicates that the plume break height would be approximately 264 m higher but that the rise
distance remains relatively large (925 m).
Table 4-3: Assumed specifications for the seabed discharge, used as input to OILMAP-Deep
calculations. Note that the gas-to oil ratio has been calculated for uniform units of volume.
Specification
Value
Release Depth (m)
1,300
Release Orifice Diameter (m)
0.222
Gas-Oil Ratio (m /m )
35,213
Discharge Rate (bbl/day)
3,515
Discharge Temperature (C)
72
Condensate Viscosity @ 25 C (cP)
1.2
Page 25
www.apasa.com.au
Table 4-4: Estimates for the droplet size distribution.

Droplet Size (m)
Percentage
9.3
3.52
18.6
14.89
27.8
24.88
37.1
26.49
46.4
19.73
55.7
10.49
Table 4-5: Estimates for the resulting gas plume, assuming methane hydrate formation.
Specification
Value
Maximum Plume Diameter (m)
32.15
Plume break height (m)
1,189
Plume source Depth (m)
1,300
Table 4-6: Estimates for the resulting gas plume, assuming no methane hydrate formation
Specification
Value
Maximum Plume Diameter (m)
32.15
Plume break height (m)
925 m
Plume source Depth (m)
1,300
Predictions for the weathering of the condensate, using the specifications for the droplet size
distribution and gas plume dimensions forecasted by OILMAP-Deep, assuming methane
hydrate formation, are shown in Figure 4-4 for a long release scenario (77 days). The
weathering predictions indicate that a very small proportion of the released volume would be
at the surface at any point of time, with the greater proportion of the released volume
remaining entrained in the water column. As a result, a large proportion of the volume is
expected to persist for considerably longer than the volatility of the condensate would
indicate, with only a small proportion being lost to the atmosphere over the term of the
calculations. The SIMAP model includes an allowance for biological decay using a first order
decay algorithm following the Natural Resource Damage Assessment model (French 1996).
Biological decay is indicated to be the largest sink to the proportion of oil remaining, for the
case where very small droplet sizes are generated, accounting for an estimated 30% of the
mass over the duration of the simulation.
As a sensitivity test on the influence of the droplet size distribution, predictions for the
weathering of the condensate were also calculated for a release from the same depth (1300
m), assuming methane hydrate formation, but with droplet sizes specified ten times larger
than those estimated by OILMAP-Deep (i.e. range: 93 to 557 um; median: 260 m), for a long
release scenario (77 days). The results of this simulation indicate that a lower proportion of
Page 26
www.apasa.com.au
the condensate would remain entrained over time because droplets would surface more
rapidly, resulting, in-turn, in markedly higher rates of evaporation when compared to the
expected droplet size distribution. Biological decay in this case accounts for approximately
8% of the total mass released at the end of the simulation. This rate is lower than for the
smaller droplet size scenario because a lower proportion is entrained as droplets (i.e. 50%
remains entrained).
surface (top) and subsea (bottom) spill of Jansz Condensate. Predictions are based on examples of
time-varying environmental conditions and with a vertical temperature profile specified for the water
column..
subsea spill of Jansz Condensate with droplet sizes specified as one order of magnitude larger than
those specified for the results in Figure 4-4.
Page 27
www.apasa.com.au
The proportion of the oil mass remaining on the water surface for the larger droplet sizes is
still predicted to be relatively low (<2-3%) and a larger proportion would surface closer to the
facility, where evaporation could act to reduce risks of exposure to shorelines at a distance,.
indicating that the risks of exposure from surface slicks for these locations will be lower than
from oil that drifts in an entrained state, with the potential for resurfacing at a distance. On this
basis, the remainder of the assessment followed with specification of the droplet size
distributions that were estimated for the specified discharge situation by OILMA-Deep.
4.4
Stochastic modelling approach
SIMAP may be used to simulate the fate of a single oil spill at a specified time and therefore
under a given set of time-varying wind and tides. Alternatively, SIMAPs stochastic module
can be applied to quantify the risks for a given time of year, as has been done in this study.
This approach involves many single runs of spill events using randomly selected periods of
winds and currents. The approach ensures that the calculated transport and weathering of
each oil slick is representative of the different prevailing wind and current conditions. During
each run, the model records the grid cells exposed to oil, as well as the time that had elapsed
from the start of the release until first contact.
Once the stochastic modelling is complete, all run outcomes are combined to calculate the
rate of contact at the sea surface and shorelines (for a defined threshold thickness of oil) and
the minimum time for the oil to travel to given locations around the release site.
Note that predictions for the probability of contact (as colour plots) summarise the results of
many independently selected and modelled spills as a colour coding for the likely contact at
each grid cell. For example, the grid cells coded as 1 - 10% probability were exposed (above
the chosen concentration threshold) by up to 10% of the total number of simulated spills.
Locations with higher probability ratings were exposed during a greater number of spill
simulations, indicating that the combination of the prevailing wind and current conditions
affecting transport to these locations occurred more frequently. The areas outside of the 1 100% range indicate that contact will be unlikely under the range of prevailing conditions for
this region.
It should be noted that the estimators (probability and time) are calculated independently for
each surface location in the grid and that the coverage of the contours does not represent
either the area that might be affected by oil if observed at one point of time, or the area that
would be effected during any one spill event, both of which will be smaller in extent. The
contours represent a summary of the many simulations under different sample conditions and
therefore encompass the wider range of variations that could occur. They are intended to
indicate the risk rating for individual locations if the stated accident was to occur.
For this assessment 100 simulations were completed for each season for the diesel spill
scenarios that spanned 14 days. Hence contact at a location, at least once, during at least
one of the simulations, at concentrations above the stated threshold is taken to indicate a risk
of at least 1 in 100 (1%) for that concentration. For the longer (85 day) blowout simulations,
which would sample a wider range of conditions within each simulation, 25 simulations were
completed for each season. Thus, contact during, at least once, during one simulation is
taken to indicate a risk of at least 1 in 25 (5%), at the defined concentration.
Page 28
www.apasa.com.au
RESULTS
Predictions for the probability of contact by oil concentrations exceeding the defined
thresholds are provided in the following sections to summarise the results of the stochastic
modelling. Results are separately presented for each season for the surface and entrained
components. Risk estimates are also summarised in tables for six regional locations (Barrow
Island, Montebello/Lowendal Islands, Muiron Islands, North West Cape, Bernier/Dorrier
Islands and Abrolhos Islands).
Note that predictions for the probability of contact (as contour plots) summarise the results of
many independently modelled spills as a colour coding for the likely contact at each grid cell.
For example, the grid cells coded as 1 - 10% probability are calculated to be contacted at
concentrations above the chosen threshold during more than 1% and up to 10% of the
simulated spills. Locations with higher probability ratings were exposed during a greater
proportion of the spill simulations, indicating that the combination of the prevailing wind and
current conditions affecting transport to these locations occurred more frequently in the
weather data. The areas outside of the 1 - 100% range indicate that contact will be unlikely
(< 1% probability) based on the wind and current data for this region and the spill
characteristics (oil type and release conditions).
It should be noted that the probability, concentration and time estimates are calculated
independently for each surface location in the grid, and because the contours summarise
results of many simulations under different wind and current conditions, the coverage of the
contour plots will be greater than the extent that would be predicted for any single spill event.
The correct interpretation of the probability plots is to view the outer extent as the area that
has < 1% probability of contact, if the release occurs, and to view the internal contours for the
distribution of contact that is calculated for locations within this outer area.
It should also be understood that the probabilities are derived from the samples of data used
in the modelling and more unusual conditions could coincide with a spill event. Hence,
locations outside of the 1% contour cannot be said to have zero probability of contact, but to
have a generally low risk at the defined threshold.
Page 29
5.1
www.apasa.com.au
Simulation of 80,000 L diesel spill
This scenario investigated risks of contact for surrounding shorelines from an 80,000 L spill of
diesel fuel, released over 2 hours directly onto the water surface. The results for each of the
seasonal scenarios are discussed separately below.
5.1.1
80,000 L spill of diesel in summer (October March)
Surface Slicks and Films

Risk estimates for an 80,000 L surface spill of diesel exposed to summer sea surface
temperatures (28 C assumed), current and wind conditions are presented in .
and Figure 5-1.

The surface probability contours at the 0.15 g/m threshold indicate that surface films as thin
as silver sheen are most likely to drift towards the southwest during summer, with up to 20%
chance that silver sheens would be generated at the water surface up to 30 km to the
southwest. When a 1 g/m threshold is applied, this distance is reduced to 13 km to the
southwest.
Despite the potential for shore-ward migrations of the surface films, surface diesel is not
predicted (< 1% probability) to exceed 0.15 g/m2 at any shorelines surrounding the release
point (Error! Reference source not found.).
Table 5-1: Summary of shoreline risks calculated for different locations resulting from an 80,000 L spill
of diesel at the hypothetical release point commencing during summer months.
Barrow
Island
Montebello
/ Lowendal
Islands
Muiron
Islands
North
West
Cape
Bernier/
Dorre
Islands
Abrolhos
Islands
<1
<1
<1
<1
<1
<1
Minimum time to
shoreline (hrs) at any
concentration
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
Mean (among replicate)

maximum shoreline
concentration (g/m2).
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
Maximum shoreline
2
concentration (g/m )
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
Probability (%) of
surface oil
> 0.15 g/m at shorelines
NC: No contact to shorelines predicted > threshold of 0.15 g/m2.
Page 30
www.apasa.com.au
Probability of silver sheen

2
concentrations > 0.15 g/m
Probability of rainbow sheen

2
concentrations > 1 g/m
Figure 5-1: Predicted probability of sea surface contact to concentrations above 0.15 g/m (top) and 1
2
g/m (bottom) resulting from an 80,000 L diesel spill at the hypothetical release site commencing during
summer months.
Page 31
www.apasa.com.au
Entrained Diesel
Diesel that entrains into the water column from the surface slicks will migrate with surface
currents, with the effect of the prevailing wind only exerted through wind-induced currents,
with none of the direct force exerted by the wind that occurs for surface films. Predictions
indicated the highest probability of transport for entrained diesel is to the southwest and the
west (Figure 5-2), with some trajectories following the strong drift currents that flow down the
coast off North West Cape. Probabilities up to 30% are indicated for concentrations > 10 ppb
within near-surface waters up to 30 km west of the spill site, and 20% probability is
indicated for near-surface waters up to 50 km to the southwest.
The stochastic modelling indicated a low probability (< 1%) that entrained diesel > 10 ppb
would be generated within the near-shore zone of the adjacent shoreline regions under
summer conditions (Table 5-2).
Table 5-2: Summary of risks calculated for entrained oil concentrations in shallow waters, resulting
from a 80,000 L spill of diesel at the hypothetical release point commencing during the summer
months.
Barrow
Island
Montebello
/ Lowendal
Islands
Muiron
Islands
North
West Cape
Bernier/
Dorre
Islands
Abrolhos
Islands
Probability (%) of
entrained hydrocarbon
concentrations > 10
ppb
<1
<1
<1
<1
<1
<1
Maximum short-term
entrained oil
concentration (ppb)
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC: No contact to shorelines predicted > threshold 10 ppb.
Page 32
www.apasa.com.au
Probability of entrained oil

concentrations > 10 ppb
Figure 5-2: Predicted probability of contact by entrained diesel exceeding 10 ppb resulting from an
80,000 L diesel spill at the hypothetical release site commencing during summer months.
Page 33
5.1.2
www.apasa.com.au
80,000 L spill of diesel in autumn (April)

Risk estimates for an 80,000 L surface spill of diesel commencing during autumn are
presented in Table 5-3 and Figure 5-3.
The surface probability contours calculated for both thresholds show similar trajectories to
those of the summer simulations but with a more westerly bias in slick movement, reflective of
a higher frequency of easterly winds. Modelling indicated up to 20% chance of surface diesel
> 0.15 g/m on surface waters up to 30 km west and 70 km south of the spill site. These
distances are reduced to 23 km west and 18 km south, when a 1 g/m threshold is applied.
A probability of < 1% was indicated for surface diesel > 0.15 g/m contacting any adjacent
shorelines during autumn (Table 5-3).
of diesel at the hypothetical release point during the autumn month.
Barrow
Island
Montebello
/ Lowendal
Islands
Muiron
Islands
North
West
Cape
Bernier/
Dorre
Islands
Abrolhos
Islands
<1
<1
<1
<1
<1
<1
Minimum time to
concentration
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC

maximum shoreline
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
Maximum shoreline
2
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
Probability (%) of
surface oil
Page 34
www.apasa.com.au

2

2
2
g/m (bottom) resulting from a 80,000 L diesel spill at the hypothetical release site commencing during
autumn.
Page 35
www.apasa.com.au
Entrained Diesel
The influence of the south-westerly drift currents is indicated in the probability contours
calculated for entrained diesel under autumn conditions, with the 20% probability contour for
the 10 ppb threshold extending 165 km southwest of the spill site. However, the probability of
entrained oil > 10 ppb entering shallow waters around any adjacent shoreline is indicated to
be < 1% during autumn (Table 5-4).
from a 80,000 L spill of diesel at the hypothetical release point commencing during autumn months.
Barrow
Island
Montebello/
Lowendal
Islands
Muiron
Islands
North
West
Cape
Bernier/
Dorre
Islands
Abrolhos
Islands
Probability (%) of
concentrations > 10
ppb
<1
<1
<1
<1
<1
<1
Maximum short-term
entrained oil
concentration (ppb)
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
Page 36
www.apasa.com.au

80,000 L diesel spill at the hypothetical release site commencing during autumn months.
Page 37
5.1.3
www.apasa.com.au
80,000 L spill of diesel in winter (May August)

Risk estimates for an 80,000 L surface spill of diesel for the winter simulations are presented
in Table 5-5 and Figure 5-5.
Similar to the summer and autumn scenarios, the surface probability contours at both
thresholds indicate that slicks and films will most likely drift towards the southwest and west.
However, with an increased likelihood of being pushed towards the west due to the higher
frequency of easterly winds.
The risk contours indicate up to 20% probability of surfaced diesel > 0.15 g/m reaching
waters up to 25 km to the southwest and 15 km west of the spill site.
Surface diesel is indicated to have a low probability (< 1%) of contacting any of the adjacent
shorelines at concentrations greater than 0.15 g/m for a spill of this size during the winter
months (Table 5-5).
of diesel at the hypothetical release point commencing during winter months.
Barrow
Island
Montebello
/ Lowendal
Islands
Muiron
Islands
North
West
Cape
Bernier/
Dorre
Islands
Abrolhos
Islands
<1
<1
<1
<1
<1
<1
Minimum time to
concentration
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC

maximum shoreline
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
Maximum shoreline
2
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
Probability (%) of
surface oil
Page 38
www.apasa.com.au

2

2
2
g/m (bottom) resulting from an 80,000 L diesel spill at the hypothetical release site commencing during
winter months.
Page 39
www.apasa.com.au
Entrained Diesel
Risk contours calculated for entrained diesel generated by 80,000 spills of diesel during
winter indicate that plumes are most likely to drift south-west of the spill site, with up to 20%
probability of entrained diesel > 10 ppb up to 55 km southwest of the spill site (Figure 5-6).
Entrained diesel is expected to stay offshore, moving with the large scale drift currents.
Hence, the probability of entrained oil > 10 ppb entering the near-shore zones of adjacent
shorelines is indicated to be < 1% during winter (Table 5-6).
from a 80,000 L spill of diesel at the hypothetical release point commencing during winter months.
Barrow
Island
Montebello/
Lowendal
Islands
Muiron
Islands
North
West
Cape
Bernier/
Dorre
Islands
Abrolhos
Islands
Probability (%) of
concentrations > 10
ppb
<1
<1
<1
<1
<1
<1
Maximum short-term
entrained oil
concentration (ppb)
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
Page 40
www.apasa.com.au

80,000 L diesel spill at the hypothetical release site commencing during winter months.
Page 41
5.1.4
www.apasa.com.au
80,000 L spill of diesel in spring (September)

Risk contours for an 80,000 L surface spill of diesel during winter are presented in Table 5-7
and Figure 5-7.
The probability contours calculated for both thresholds show surface diesel is more likely to
drift more towards the north when compared with the other seasonal simulations, reflecting
the high frequency of south and south-southwesterly winds and the weaker offshore drift
currents represented in the environmental data. When a 0.15 g/m threshold is applied, the
20% probability contour extends 30 km north, reducing to 20 km north when a 1 g/m
threshold is applied.
The results indicate that surface diesel > 0.15 g/m is highly unlikely (< 1% probability) at any
of the adjacent shorelines during spring (Table 5-7).
of diesel at the hypothetical release point during the spring month.
Barrow
Island
Montebello
/ Lowendal
Islands
Muiron
Islands
North
West
Cape
Bernier/
Dorre
Islands
Abrolhos
Islands
<1
<1
<1
<1
<1
<1
Minimum time to
concentration
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC

maximum shoreline
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
Maximum shoreline
2
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
Probability (%) of
surface oil
Page 42
www.apasa.com.au

2

2
2
g/m (bottom) resulting from a an 80,000 L diesel spill at the hypothetical release site commencing
during the spring month.
Page 43
www.apasa.com.au
Entrained Diesel
The risk contours calculated for entrained diesel also indicated a reduced potential and
magnitude of southerly drift due to drift currents, with up to a 30% probability of entrained
diesel occurring in waters up to 30 km north of the spill site (Figure 5-8) and low probabilities
(< 1%) of entrained diesel reaching shallow waters at any nearby shorelines in the region
(Table 5-8).
from a 80,000 L spill of diesel at the hypothetical release point commencing during spring months.
Barrow
Island
Montebello/
Lowendal
Islands
Muiron
Islands
North
West
Cape
Bernier/
Dorre
Islands
Abrolhos
Islands
Probability (%) of
concentrations > 10
ppb
<1
<1
<1
<1
<1
<1
Maximum short-term
entrained oil
concentration (ppb)
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
Page 44
www.apasa.com.au

80,000 L diesel spill at the hypothetical release site commencing during spring months.
Page 45
5.2
www.apasa.com.au
Simulation of 250,000 L diesel spill
This scenario investigated risks of contact for surrounding shorelines from a 250,000 L spill of
diesel fuel onto the water surface, over 2 hours. The results for each of the seasonal
scenarios are discussed below.
5.2.1
250,000 L spill of diesel in summer (October March)

Risk estimates calculated for a 250,000 L surface spill of diesel commencing under summer
currents and wind conditions are presented in Table 5-9 and Figure 5-9.
Surface diesel results at the 0.15 g/m threshold indicate that slicks and films will most likely
drift towards the southwest and towards the east during summer, with up to a 20% chance of
surface oil > 0.15 g/m2 contacting waters 45 km southwest and 30 km east of the spill site. A
low probability (< 10%) was calculated for surface diesel greater than 1 g/m drifting beyond a
radius of approximately 15 km from the source in any direction.
The stochastic risk contours indicate a low probability (1%) that sheen > 0.15 g/m2 is
generated offshore from the Ningaloo coast but a low probability (< 1%) of contacting the
shoreline of this or other locations in the region (Table 5-9).
Table 5-9: Summary of shoreline risks calculated for different locations resulting from a 250,000 L spill
of diesel at the hypothetical release point commencing during summer months.
Barrow
Island
Montebello
/ Lowendal
Islands
Muiron
Islands
North
West
Cape
Bernier/
Dorre
Islands
Abrolhos
Islands
<1
<1
<1
<1
<1
<1
Minimum time to
concentration
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC

maximum shoreline
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
Maximum shoreline
2
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
Probability (%) of
surface oil
Page 46
www.apasa.com.au

2

2
2
g/m (bottom) resulting from a 250,000 L spill of diesel at the hypothetical release site commencing
during summer months.
Page 47
www.apasa.com.au
Entrained Diesel
Entrained diesel is most likely to drift towards the south and the southwest during summer
months, drifting with the offshore currents and following the shelf edge and with the increased
volume of diesel specified in this scenario, plumes are forecast to persist longer, hence travel
further before diluting below the 10 ppb threshold. In this case, there is a moderate probability
( 30%) of diesel entraining in waters up to 60 km south of the spill site (Figure 5-10) before
diluting to < 10 ppb and the potential (1% probability) for such concentrations within the nearshore waters of the Ningaloo Coast (North West Cape to Point Cloates). The near-shore
zones of other shorelines are indicated to have a low probability (<1%) of concentrations
> 10 ppb (Table 5-10).
from a 250,000 L spill of diesel at the hypothetical release point commencing during summer months.
Muiron
Islands
North
West
Cape to
Pt. Cloates
Bernier/
Dorre
Islands
Abrolhos
Islands
<1
<1
<1
<1
NC
NC
25
NC
NC
Barrow
Island
Montebello/
Lowendal
Islands
Probability (%) of
concentrations > 10
ppb
<1
Maximum short-term
entrained oil
concentration (ppb)
NC
Page 48
www.apasa.com.au

Figure 5-10: Predicted probability of contact by entrained diesel exceeding 10 ppb resulting from a
250,000 L spill of diesel at the hypothetical release site commencing during summer months.
Page 49
5.2.2
www.apasa.com.au
250,000 L spill of diesel in autumn (April)

Table 5-11 and Figure 5-11 display risk estimates for a 250,000 L surface spill of diesel
commencing under autumn wind and current conditions.
The surface probability contours at both thresholds show a westerly and south-westerly bias
in slick movement, with a larger extent than the 80,000 L spill scenario under the same
conditions. Up to 20% probability of surface diesel > 0.15 g/m was calculated for waters up
to 95 km southwest and 40 km west of the spill site, with these distances reducing to 55 km
southwest and 30 km west when a 1 g/m threshold is applied.
Similar to the 80,000 L scenario, a low probability (< 1%) of surface diesel > 0.15 g.m
contacting adjacent shorelines is indicated during autumn (Table 5-11).
Table 5-11: Summary of shoreline risks calculated for different locations resulting from a 250,000 L
spill of diesel at the hypothetical release point during the autumn month.
Barrow
Island
Montebello
/ Lowendal
Islands
Muiron
Islands
North
West
Cape
Bernier/
Dorre
Islands
Abrolhos
Islands
<1
<1
<1
<1
<1
<1
Minimum time to
concentration
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC

maximum shoreline
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
Maximum shoreline
2
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
Probability (%) of
surface oil
Page 50
www.apasa.com.au

2

2
2
during autumn.
Page 51
www.apasa.com.au
Entrained Diesel
Risk contours calculated for entrained diesel generated by the larger diesel spill during
autumn indicate that plumes are highly likely to drift south-west of the spill site, with the
south-west drift currents, with up to a 20% probability of entrainment diesel concentrations
> 10 ppb predicted for waters up to 255 km southwest of the release site (Figure 5-12). The
risk contours for this case indicate that entrained diesel concentrations > 10 ppb could occur
immediately offshore from the Ningaloo Coast (1% probability), if carried past by the drift
currents. The highest short-term concentration calculated for the worst case simulation was
50 ppb in this area. Risks to other inshore waters shorelines are indicated to be low (Table
5-12).
resulting from a 250,000 L spill of diesel at the hypothetical release point commencing during
autumn months.
Barrow
Island
Montebello/
Lowendal
Islands
Muiron
Islands
North
West
Cape
Bernier/
Dorre
Islands
Abrolhos
Islands
Probability (%) of
concentrations > 10
ppb
<1
<1
<1
<1
<1
Maximum short-term
entrained oil
concentration (ppb)
NC
NC
NC
50
NC
NC

250,000 L spill of diesel at the hypothetical release site commencing during autumn months.
Page 52
5.2.3
www.apasa.com.au
250,000 L spill of diesel in winter (May August)

Risk estimates for a 250,000 L surface spill of diesel for the winter simulations are presented
in Table 5-13 and Figure 5-13.
Risk contours calculated for surface-bound diesel at both thresholds indicate that surface
films are most likely to drift towards the southwest if a spill were to occur during winter.
Probability contours at the 0.15 g/m threshold indicate up to a 20% chance of surface diesel
reaching waters up to 45 km southwest of the spill site. This distance is reduced to 30 km to
the southwest when a 1 g/m is applied.
Despite the larger likely extent of the 250,000 L spill, the risk contours indicate low
probabilities (< 1%) of surface diesel contacting any of the surrounding shoreline locations at
concentrations > 0.15 g/m (Table 5-13).
spill of diesel at the hypothetical release point commencing during winter months.
Barrow
Island
Montebello
/ Lowendal
Islands
Muiron
Islands
North
West
Cape
Bernier/
Dorre
Islands
Abrolhos
Islands
<1
<1
<1
<1
<1
<1
Minimum time to
concentration
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC

maximum shoreline
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
Maximum shoreline
2
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
Probability (%) of
surface oil
Page 53
www.apasa.com.au

2

2
2
during winter months.
Page 54
www.apasa.com.au
Entrained Diesel
Risk contours calculated for entrained diesel for the 250,000 L diesel spill in winter indicates
that plumes are most likely to drift towards the west or south-south-west and therefore trend
offshore but there is the potential for plumes to be conducted closer inshore with the southwest drift currents (Figure 5-14). Hence, there is some potential indicated (1% probability) for
relatively low concentrations (> 10 ppb < 20 ppb) of entrained diesel to migrate past the
Ningaloo Coast, although none of the simulations resulted in delivery of such concentrations
into the near-shore zone of this or other coastlines (Table 5-14).
from a 250,000 L spill of diesel at the hypothetical release point commencing during winter months.
Barrow
Island
Montebello/
Lowendal
Islands
Muiron
Islands
North
West
Cape
Bernier/
Dorre
Islands
Abrolhos
Islands
Probability (%) of
concentrations > 10
ppb
<1
<1
<1
<1
<1
Maximum short-term
entrained oil
concentration (ppb)
NC
NC
NC
20
NC
NC

250,000 L spill of diesel at the hypothetical release site commencing during winter months.
Page 55
5.2.4
www.apasa.com.au
250,000 L of diesel in spring (September)

Risk contours calculated for surface-bound diesel slicks due to a 250,000 L spill of diesel
commencing during spring are presented in Table 5-15 and Figure 5-15.
Similar to the spring surface results for an 80,000 L diesel spill, slicks and films are predicted
to most frequently drift northwards, with the 20% probability contour extending a maximum of
70 km north, when a 0.15 g/m threshold is applied. At the 1 g/m threshold, up to a 20%
probability of contact is predicted in waters 35 km north of the spill site.
Low probabilities of shoreline contact were indicated at > 0.15 g/m for each of the
surrounding locations (Table 5-15).
spill of diesel at the hypothetical release point during the spring month.
Barrow
Island
Montebello
/ Lowendal
Islands
Muiron
Islands
North
West
Cape
Bernier/
Dorre
Islands
Abrolhos
Islands
<1
<1
<1
<1
<1
<1
Minimum time to
concentration
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC

maximum shoreline
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
Maximum shoreline
2
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
Probability (%) of
surface oil
Page 56
www.apasa.com.au

2

2
2
during the spring month.
Page 57
www.apasa.com.au
Entrained Diesel
For a spill occurring during spring, entrained diesel is expected to most frequently drift
towards the north-north-west, but drift towards the south-west is also indicated to be likely
(Table 5-16). At a 10 ppb threshold, there is up to a 30% chance of entrained diesel
contacting waters up to 80 km north-northwest of the spill site and up to a 20% chance of
contact to waters 210 km southwest of the release point.
Due to the relatively weak south-westerly drift represented in the current data for spring, risks
to the Ningaloo Coast were indicated to be low (< 1% probability and > 10 ppb; Table 5-16).
from a 250,000 L spill of diesel at the hypothetical release point commencing during spring months.
Barrow
Island
Montebello/
Lowendal
Islands
Muiron
Islands
North
West
Cape
Bernier/
Dorre
Islands
Abrolhos
Islands
Probability (%) of
concentrations > 10
ppb
<1
<1
<1
<1
<1
<1
Maximum short-term
entrained oil
concentration (ppb)
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC

250,000 L spill of diesel at the hypothetical release site commencing during spring months.
Page 58
5.3
www.apasa.com.au
Simulation of 11 week blowout scenario
This scenario investigated the probability of exposure to surrounding regions by oil due to a
discharge of condensate, from 1300 m below sea level at the hypothetical release point that
continued for 11 weeks. A discharge rate of 3,515 bbl/d (558.8 m3/d) was assumed, resulting
in a total spill volume of 270,655 bbl (43,034 m3).
In general, the probability contours calculated for all seasons indicate that only a minor
proportion of the released condensate would be on the surface to form surface films, and
these are likely to be distributed as isolated patches, displaced up to relatively long distances
(10s 100s km) from the hypothetical release point. This is based on the calculations (using
OILMAP-Deep) that the condensate would break apart into small droplets, which would result
in very slow rising rates under buoyancy and a strong likelihood that the droplets may
become trapped in the water column at a level where their relative density matches that of the
surrounding seawater, resulting in their displacement and dispersion as a sub-sea plume.
The OILMAP-Deep calculations also indicate that some droplets would be brought close to
the surface by the rising gas plume at a faster rate than their buoyancy would generate,
hence some oil might be expected to show relatively quickly (10s of minutes). However, the
larger mass would be present as entrained condensate and may remain suspended in the
water column for extended times (days to weeks). The suspended (entrained) condensate
would not be subject to evaporation, spreading due to surface tension, and by the wind,
which would affect condensate on the surface. Dispersal of the entrained condensate would
rely on transport and dispersion by water currents and biodegradation by micro-organisms.
5.3.1
11 week subsea blowout commencing in summer (October March)

The risks of contact with surrounding locations by condensate from the subsea release
scenario beginning during summer are presented in Table 5-17 and Figure 5-17.
The probability contours calculated for surface-bound condensate due to this scenario and
season combination indicate that isolated patches of sheen could be generated widely due to
condensate surfacing after being transported and dispersed by the prevailing drift currents.
The wide distribution of the patches in the simulations can be attributed to the large variability
and high complexity of the drift currents in the region, which would transport different portions
of the release over different trajectories. This high variability will also act to reduce the
concentrations that would be expected at given locations, and the contours indicate that only
relatively thin sheens are likely to be observed in any given location. Due to these physical
processes, the probability of surface oil concentrations > 0.15 g/m contacting any shorelines
is indicated as low (< 1% probability) (Table 5-17).
Page 59
www.apasa.com.au
Table 5-17: Summary of shoreline risks calculated for different locations resulting from an 11 week
(270,655 bbl) subsea release at the hypothetical release point commencing during summer months.
Barrow
Island
Montebello
/ Lowendal
Islands
Muiron
Islands
North
West
Cape
Bernier/
Dorre
Islands
Abrolhos
Islands
Probability (%) of
surface oil > 0.15 g/m at
shorelines
<1
<1
<1
<1
<1
<1
Minimum time to
concentration
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC

maximum shoreline
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
Maximum shoreline
2
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
Page 60
www.apasa.com.au

2
Figure 5-17: Predicted probability of sea surface contact to concentrations above 0.15 g/m resulting
from an 11 week (270,655 bbl) subsea release at the hypothetical release point commencing during
summer months.
Entrained Oil
Risk contours calculated for entrained condensate concentrations in the water column
following an 11 week subsea blowout that commences during summer are presented in Table
5-18 and Error! Reference source not found.. As described above, the simulations
indicated a strong tendency for the greater part of the released mass to remain entrained and
subject to the prevailing drift currents. The risk contours indicate the predominance of drift
currents to the south-south-west following the edge of the 100-200 m depth contours, with
currents then tending to divert along the Ningaloo coastline (North West Cape to Point
Cloates) where the 100-200 m contour is positioned closer to shore.
A relatively high probability (55%) for transport of concentrations > 10 ppb is indicated by the
contours for the near-shore zone along this section of the Ningaloo Coast, with risks then
decreasing over the southern section of the Ningaloo coast because the drift currents tend to
divert further offshore following the 100-200 m depth contours. The Muiron Islands are also
indicated to have 20% probability of short term contact at > 10 ppb.
At the 200 ppb threshold, the Ningaloo coast is indicated to have 20-30% probability of
contact. The highest short-term (1 hour) concentration that was calculated over the northern
section of the Ningaloo coast was 4.5 ppm while the average (among replicate) peak in short
term concentrations was < 1 ppm. The Muiron Islands is indicated to have 10% probability of
contact at > 200 ppb,
Page 61
www.apasa.com.au
The potential for concentrations > 200 ppb occurring over the shelf at the head of Exmouth
Gulf is also indicated, with probabilities at > 10 ppb declining from > 40% offshore from the
Muiron Islands to <10% near the mainland on the eastern side of the gulf.
The potential for entrained oil concentrations > 10 ppb is also indicated for waters around
Barow island (4%), the Montebello Island (16%) and Lowendal Island (20%) chains and, the
Murion Islands (20%) and the Abrolhos Islands (2%) are indicated (Table 5-18). Sections of
the Montebello Islands are indicated to have > 10% risk of contact at > 200 ppb and a
maximum calculated short-term concentration of 1,000 ppb.
summer months.
Barrow
Island
Montebello/
Lowendal
Islands
Muiron
Islands
North
West
Cape
Bernier/
Dorre
Islands
Abrolhos
Islands
Probability (%) of
concentrations >
10 ppb
16
20
55
Maximum short-term*
entrained oil
concentration (ppb)
10
180
720
4,550
50
50

*: short-term = 1 hour minimum
Page 62
www.apasa.com.au


Figure 5-18: Predicted probability of contact by entrained oil exceeding 10 ppb (top) and 200 ppb
(bottom)
Page 63
www.apasa.com.au
Mean (among replicate simulations) of the highest short-term

entrained oil concentrations (ppb)
Figure 5-19: The mean (among replicate simulations) of the highest short-term entrained oil
concentrations (bottom) calculated for an 11 week (270,655 bbl) subsea release at the hypothetical
release point commencing during summer months.
5.3.2
11 week subsea blowout commencing in autumn (April)

Surface results for the autumn simulations show similar results to the summer case.
However, an increased potential for silver sheen to pass close to shorelines around the
northern section of the Ningaloo coast (North West cape to Point Cloates) is indicated (Figure
5-20). Table 5-19 indicates a low probability (4%) of shoreline contact by condensate films >
0.15 g/m2 for this coastline section. The earliest time for oil concentrations >0.15 g/m2 to
contact shorelines in this area in any of the simulations was calculated at about 75 days after
initiation of the release(see footnote), indicating that wind and wave patterns are unlikely to result
in rapid transport of sheen onto this section of coastline.
Probabilities of contact at other shoreline locations are indicated as low (< 1%).
Page 64
www.apasa.com.au
(270,655 bbl) subsea release at the hypothetical release point commencing during autumn.
Barrow
Island
Montebello
/ Lowendal
Islands
Muiron
Islands
North
West
Cape
Bernier/
Dorre
Islands
Abrolhos
Islands
<1
<1
<1
<1
<1
Minimum time to
concentration
NC
NC
NC
1,790
NC
NC

maximum shoreline
2
NC
NC
NC
<1
NC
NC
Maximum shoreline
2
NC
NC
NC
<1
NC
NC
Probability (%) of
surface oil
Footnote: This time is measured from the start of the simulation until first contact and is therefore indicative of the response time
that is likely to be available for shoreline protection efforts to be put in place. This measure does not indicate the likely age of any
oil that first makes contact because, for long discharges, where wind and current conditions are evolving throughout the
discharge, it is possible for portions of the oil that are released late in the discharge to come ashore in a shorter elapsed time
after being released.
Page 65
www.apasa.com.au
Figure 5-20: Predicted probability of sea surface contact to concentrations > 0.15 g/m resulting from
an 11 week (270,655 bbl) subsea release at the hypothetical release point commencing during the
autumn month.
Page 66
www.apasa.com.au
Entrained Oil
The risk estimates calculated for entrained oil for the seabed blowout scenario in autumn are
presented in Table 5-20 and Figure 5-21. These results indicate that the south-westerly drift
currents remain well defined in the autumn, hence entrained condensate is likely to drift in
this direction, with a relatively high probability of drifting inshore towards the entrance of
Exmouth Gulf and diverting along the Ningaloo coastline. The probability of contact with the
northern section of the Ningaloo coast was calculated at up to 50% around North West Cape
and 40% around Point Cloates, for concentrations > 10 ppb. Other locations indicated to have
the potential for contact at > 10 ppb are Bernier and Dorre Islands, across the entrance to
Shark Bay, and the Abrolhous Islands (85% probability). At the 200 ppb threshold, the
potential for contact with the Ningaloo coastline is still indicated (10-20% probability). The
Muiron Islands and other islands at the entrance to Exmouth Gulf, as well as the Abrolhos
Islands (reduced to 10% probability).
Highest, short-term, concentrations of entrained condensate were calculated at 500 ppb

along the northern section of the Ningaloo Coast and 210 ppb around the Abrolhos Islands
(Table 5-20). When averaged among replicate simulations, these peak concentrations are
calculated at < 100 ppb at these locations.
the autumn month.
Barrow
Island
Montebello/
Lowendal
Islands
Muiron
Islands
North
West
Cape
Bernier/
Dorre
Islands
Abrolhos
Islands
Probability (%) of
concentrations > 10
ppb
<1
<1
50
65
85
Maximum short-term*
entrained oil
concentration (ppb)
NC
NC
85
500
15
210

Page 67
www.apasa.com.au


Page 68
www.apasa.com.au

Figure 5-21: Predicted probability of contact by entrained oil exceeding 10 ppb (top) and mean
expected maximum entrained oil concentrations (bottom) resulting from an 11 week (270,655 bbl)
subsea release at the hypothetical release point commencing during autumn.
Page 69
5.3.3
www.apasa.com.au
11 week subsea blowout commencing in winter (May August)

Risk contours calculated for surface condensate for a blowout beginning in winter months
indicate a low probability (< 10%) of condensate > 0.15 g/m reaching shorelines but the
potential for such concentrations as isolated patches over a wide area off the coastline,
potentially reaching Perth Metropolitan waters (Figure 5-22).
A low probability (4%) of shoreline contact by surface oil films > 0.15 g/m2 was indicated at
the Abrolhos Islands in the simulations, with the earliest predicted time of about 81 days
(Table 5-21). For such an extended duration, this would have to result from the late surfacing
of entrained condensate and the concentrations are unlikely to be significant.
(270,655 bbl) subsea release at the hypothetical release point commencing during winter months.
Barrow
Island
Montebello
/ Lowendal
Islands
Muiron
Islands
North
West
Cape
Bernier/
Dorre
Islands
Abrolhos
Islands
<1
<1
<1
<1
<1
Minimum time to
concentration
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
1,950

maximum shoreline
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
<1
Maximum shoreline
2
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
<1
Probability (%) of
surface oil
Page 70
www.apasa.com.au
Figure 5-22: Predicted probability of sea surface contact to concentrations > 0.15 g/m resulting from
an 11 week (270,655 bbl) subsea release at the hypothetical release point commencing during winter
months.
Page 71
www.apasa.com.au
Entrained Oil
Risk estimates for entrained condensate due to a subsea blowout beginning in the winter
months are presented in Table 5-22 and Figure 5-23. Probability contours indicate that
entrained condensate is not as likely to drift to the south-west, compared to the summer and
autumn simulations. Examination of the drift current patterns indicate that this is due to a
southward shift in the position of the Leeuwin current and the higher frequency of eddies over
the general position of the release site that increased the frequency of westward drift in the
simulations.
The risk contours indicate up to 50% probability of entrained condensate concentrations > 10
ppb along the northern section of the Ningaloo coast and 25% probability at the Muiron
Islands. A lower probability (12%) was indicated for waters around the Abrolhos Islands
(Table 5-22). At the 200 ppb threshold, some risk of contact is still indicated long the northern
section of the Ningaloo coast and Muiron Islands (10%).
Highest short-term concentrations were calculated in the simulations at 355 ppb of the
Ningaloo Coast, 120 ppb off the Muiron Islands and 60 ppb around the Abrolhos Islands.
(Figure 5-23, bottom).
winter months.
Barrow
Island
Montebello/
Lowendal
Islands
Muiron
Islands
North
West
Cape
Bernier/
Dorre
Islands
Abrolhos
Islands
Probability (%) of
concentrations > 10
ppb
<1
<1
25
50
<1
12
Maximum short-term*
entrained oil
concentration (ppb)
NC
NC
120
335
NC
60

Page 72
www.apasa.com.au


Page 73
www.apasa.com.au

subsea release at the hypothetical release point commencing during winter months.
Page 74
5.3.4
www.apasa.com.au
11 week subsea blowout commencing in spring (September)

Risk estimates calculated for a blowout beginning during spring are summarised in Table
5-23 and Figure 5-24. The results indicate an increased likelihood that sheen patches would
occur to the north or north-west of the release site, hence further offshore than the release
site, with a low probability (< 1%) of surface condensate > 0.15 g/m approaching close to or
contacting adjacent shorelines (Table 5-23).
(270,655 bbl) subsea release at the hypothetical release point commencing during the spring month.
Barrow
Island
Montebello
/ Lowendal
Islands
Muiron
Islands
North
West
Cape
Bernier/
Dorre
Islands
Abrolhos
Islands
<1
<1
<1
<1
<1
<1
Minimum time to
concentration
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC

maximum shoreline
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
Maximum shoreline
2
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
Probability (%) of
surface oil
Page 75
www.apasa.com.au

2
Figure 5-24: Predicted probability of sea surface contact to concentrations above 0.15 g/m resulting
the spring month.
Page 76
www.apasa.com.au
Entrained Oil
Risk estimates calculated for entrained condensate due to a seabed blowout in the spring
months are presented in Table 5-24 and Figure 5-25. The probability contours indicate that
entrained condensate is less likely to migrate south or south-west compared to other
seasons. A moderate probability (< 30%) is predicted for entrained condensate to reach
waters up to 195 km south and 320 km southwest.
A low probability (2%) of entrained condensate > 10 ppb was indicated for waters along the
Ningaloo Coast with a maximum short-term concentration calculated at 35 ppb (Table 5-24;
Figure 5-25, bottom). Other shorelines were indicated to have a low probability of receiving
entrained concentrations > 10 ppb. At the 200 ppb threshold, the indicated risk to all
coastlines is low (<1%).
the spring month.
Barrow
Island
Montebello/
Lowendal
Islands
Muiron
Islands
North
West
Cape
Bernier/
Dorre
Islands
Abrolhos
Islands
Probability (%) of
concentrations > 10
ppb
<1
<1
<1
<1
<1
Maximum short-term*
entrained oil
concentration (ppb)
NC
NC
NC
35
NC
NC

Page 77
www.apasa.com.au


Page 78
www.apasa.com.au

subsea release at the hypothetical release point commencing during the spring month.
Page 79
www.apasa.com.au
CONCLUSION
The main findings of this modelling study are:
Large scale offshore drift currents will have a large influence on the trajectory of
surface films and will control the trajectory of oil that is entrained beneath the
water surface.
Interactions with offshore eddies and prevailing winds will add additional variation
in the trajectory of the spilled diesel and in the case of the 11 week blowout
scenarios, marked variation in the prevailing drift current and wind conditions
would be expected over the duration of the release. This will increase the spread
of condensate during any single event.
For simulations of the 80,000 L and 250,000 L diesel spills, modelling indicated
very low probabilities (< 1%) of surface or entrained diesel > 0.15 g/m2 arriving at
any adjacent shorelines during any seasons.
The discharge conditions assumed for the seabed blowout scenario are
expected to result in the break-up of condensate into small droplets (~ 10 to 50
m range) that are expected to take an extended time to rise to the surface and
may become trapped by density layers in the water column. Under these
circumstances, surface slicks/films would represent a small proportion of the
mass of oil that is released.
Sensitivity testing for the size of the droplets indicated that droplets one order of
magnitude larger would result in a significant increase in the surfacing rate, and
in turn, the proportion that will evaporate from the surface.
Stochastic simulation of the 11 week subsea blowout indicated low probabilities

(< 1%) of surface-bound condensate > 0.15 g/m arriving at any of the
surrounding shorelines during any seasons.
Entrained condensate has the potential to drift long distances with the offshore
drift currents, with the highest probability of affecting waters close to shorelines in
Summer, Autumn and Winter.
The northern section of the Ningaloo coast and islands around the entrance to
Exmouth Gulf are indicated to have a moderately high probability (up to 50%) of
at least short-term (1 hour minimum) concentrations >10ppb of entrained
condensate due to a blowout that commences in the Summer, Autumn or Winter,
with highest probabilities for the Autumn case. A lower risk (2%) is indicated for
the Spring. The highest short-term concentration was calculated for the Ningaloo
Coast at 4.5 ppm, in the Autumn simulations.
Locations as far south as the Abrolhos Islands are also indicated to have the
potential for receiving short-term entrained condensate concentrations > 10 ppb.
If a larger short-term threshold is considered, at 200 ppb, the potential for contact
is indicated along the Ningaloo Coast, the Muiron Islands, the Montebello Islands
Page 80
www.apasa.com.au
and the Abrolhos Islands remains (varying among the seasons) but is much
reduced.
It should be noted that the thresholds for contact used in this study are indicative
only and do not imply impact will occur. Definitive thresholds for impact would
need to be based on tests of the sensitivity of organisms occupying the adjacent
habitats with the specific condensate mixture, after weathering under realistic
conditions.
One implication of the relatively small size of condensate droplets that are
indicated by this study is that the dissolution of soluble compounds from the
condensate should be relatively rapid, with the highest dissolution rates occurring
initially, associated with the turbulent plume (French 2000). This would result in
modification of the composition of the remaining volumes of entrained oil, with a
shift towards a higher proportion of longer carbon chain alkanes and a reduced
representation by the more toxic aromatic compounds (Neff et al. 2000). In
addition, the relatively long durations that were indicated for oil to drift onto
shorelines from the blowout scenario suggests that some level of biological
weathering would occur, which would also target the shorter-chained
hydrocarbons that are more biologically available (Camilli et al. 2010).
The modelling also indicated that the condensate, which has a low viscosity,
would tend to spread rapidly at the surface. This implies that entrained oil that
surfaces at a long distance from the discharge source would tend to present as
thin patches of sheen. The low residual (i.e. non evaporative) component in the
fresh oil (0.5%) indicates that this oil sheen should also evaporate rapidly (within
hours) when eventually exposed to the atmosphere, so that significant
accumulation on shorelines is unlikely, if the sheens do drift onto a shoreline.
Page 81
www.apasa.com.au
REFERENCES
Batchelor, G.K. (1967). An Introduction to Fluid Dynamics. Cambridge University Press.

ISBN 0521663962.
Brassington, G.B, Pugh, T., Oke, Freeman,J., Andreu-Burillo, I., Huang, X.., and Warren,G.,
2009. Operational Ocean Data Assimilation for the BLUElink Ocean Forecasting System,
Fifth WMO Symposium on the Assimilation of Observations for Meteorology, Oceanography
and Hydrology.
Battelle 1998, Weathering, Chemical Composition and Toxicity of Four Western Australian
Crude Oils, EA-00-RI-096/B
BONN Agreement (2004). Aerial surveillance. www.bonnagreement.org
Camilli, R., Reddy, C., Yoerger, D.R., Van Mooy, B., Jakuba, M.V., Kinsey, J.C., McIntyre,
C.P., Sylva, S.P. & Maloney, J.V. (2010) Tracking hydrocarbon plume transport and
biodegradation at Deepwater Horizon. Scienceexpress 1195223 19 August 2010.
Clark, J. R., Bragin, G. E., Febbo, E. J., Letinksi, D. J. (2001) Toxicity of physically and
chemically dispersed oils under continuous and environmentally realistic exposure conditions:
Applicability yo dispersant use decisions in spill response planning. Proceedings of the 2001
International Oil Spill Conference.
Cox, A.T., Cardone, V.J., Swail, V.R. (1998). Evaluation of NCEP/NCAR Reanalysis Project
marine surface wind products for a long-term North Atlantic wave-hindcast. 5th International
Workshop on Wave Hindcasting and Forecasting, January 26-30, 1998, Melbourne, Florida,
USA.
Davies, A. M., (1977a). The numerical solutions of the three-dimensional hydrodynamic
equations using a B-spline representation of the vertical current profile.
Davies, A.M., (1977b). Three-dimensional model with depth-varying eddy viscosity. Bottom
Turbulence, Proc. 8th liege colloquium on Ocean hydrodynamics, J. C. J. Nihoul, Ed.,
Elsevier, pp. 27-48.
Fox, A., Haines, K., De Cuevas, B. and Webb, D., (2002) Altimeter Assimilation in the
OCCAM Global Model, Part II: TOPEX/POSEIDON and ERS1 Data. Journal of Marine
Systems, 26, 323-347
French D. (1998) Modeling the impacts of the North Cape Oil Spill. In proceedings: XXI
Arctic and Marine Oil Spill Program (AMOP). Technical Seminar, June 1998, Alberta
Canada. P. 387-430.
French, D.P. (2000). Estimation of Oil Toxicity Using an Additive Toxicity Model. In
Proceedings, 23rd Arctic and Marine Oilspill Program (AMOP) Technical Seminar, June 1416, 2000, Vancouver, Canada, Emergencies Science Division, Environment Canada, Ottawa,
ON, Canada.
French, D., Schuttenberg, H. and Isaji, T., (1999). Probabilities of oil exceeding thresholds of
concern: examples from an evaluation for Florida Power and Light. In Proceedings of the
Page 82
www.apasa.com.au
22nd Arctic and Marine Oil Spill Program (AMOP) Technical Seminar, June 1999,
Environment Canada, pp. 243-270.
Gordon. R., (1982) Wind driven circulation in Narragansett Bay. Ph. D. Thesis. Department
of Ocean Engineering, University of Rhode Island, Kingston, RI, 161 pp.
Isaji, T. Howlett, E., Dalton C., and Anderson, E., (2001). Stepwise-Continuous-VariableRectangular Grid. Proc. 24th Arctic and Marine Oilspill Program Technical Seminar, pp. 597610.
Marine and Freshwater Resources Institute, 1996 The effects of Laboratory Weathering on
the Chemical Composition, Physical Characteristics, and Dispersability of Three West
Australian Crude Oils, Report EA-00-RG-008
Neff, J. M., Ostazeski, S., Gardiner, W., & Stejskal, I. Effects of weathering on the toxicity of
three offshore Australian crude oils and a diesel fuel to marine animals. Environmental
Toxicology and Chemistry, Vol. 19, Issue 7, pp 1809-1821.
Kroops, W., Jak, R.G., van der Veen, D.P.C., 2004. Use of dispersants in oil spill response to
minimize environmental damage to birds and aquatic organisms. Interspill 2004.
Presentation no. 429.
NOAA (1997). Aerial Observations of Oil at Sea. HAZMAT Report 96-7. National Oceanic
and Atmospheric Administration, Seattle Washington.
Schiller, A., P. R. Oke, G. B. Brassington, M. Entel, R. Fiedler, D. A. Griffin, J. Mansbridge,
2008: Eddy-resolving ocean circulation in the Asian-Australian region inferred from an ocean
reanalysis effort, Progress in Oceanography, 76, 334-365
Chen, F & Yapa, P. D.(2001). Estimating hydrate formation and decomposition of gases
released in a deepwater ocean plume. Journal of Marine Systems 776 (2001).
Chen, F & Yapa, P. D. 2007 Estimating the Oil Droplet Size Distributions in Deepwater Oil
Spills. J. Hydr. Engrg. 133, 197 (2007 ).
Scolofsky, S. A., Adams, E. E., Sherwood, C. R. (2011). Formation dynamics of subsurface
hydrocarbon intrusions following the Deepwater Horizon blowout. Geophysical research
letters, Vol. 38, 2011.
Spaulding, M.L., Howlett, E., Anderson, E. and Jayko, K., (1992). OILMAP: A global
approach to spill modeling. 15th Annual Arctic and marine Oilspill Program, Technical
Seminar, Edmonton, Alberta, Canada, June 9-11.
Spaulding, M.L., Kolluru, V.S., Anderson, E. and Howlett, E., (1994). Application of threedimensional oil spill model (WOSM/OILMAP) to hindcast the Braer Spill. Spill Science &
Technology Bulletin, Volume 1, No. 1, pp. 23
Spaulding M.L., Bishnoi, P.R., Anderson, E. and Isaji, T., (2000), An integrated model for
prediction of oil transport from a deep water blowout submitted to the Arctic and Marine Oil
Spill Program (AMOP) Technical Seminar, Calgary, Alberta, Canada.
Page 83
www.apasa.com.au
US EPA (1993) Understanding Oil Spills and Oil Spill Response. Publication Number 9200.5
105. Washington, D.C.: U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 1993.
Wallcraft, A., Carroll, S.N., Kelly, K.A., Rushing, K.V. 2003. Hybrid Coordinate Ocean Model
(HYCOM). Version 2.1. Users Guide. 76 p.
Yapa, P.D. and F. Chen, (2004), Behavior of oil and gas from deepwater blowouts, Journal of
Hydraulic Engineering, Vol. 130, No. 6, pp. 540-552.
Zigic, S., Zapata, M., Isaji, T., King, B. and Lemckert, C., (2003). Modelling of Moreton Bay
using an ocean/coastal circulation model. Coast and Ports Australasian Conference, 9 -12
September Auckland, New Zealand, paper 170.
Page 84

Gorgon Emp Mobil Australia Jansz Io Drilling Oil Spill Contingency Plan

Caricato da

Informazioni sul documento

Titolo originale

Copyright

Formati disponibili

Condividi questo documento

Condividi o incorpora il documento

Opzioni di condivisione

Hai trovato utile questo documento?

Questo contenuto è inappropriato?

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

Gorgon Emp Mobil Australia Jansz Io Drilling Oil Spill Contingency Plan

Caricato da

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

Development

MOBIL AUSTRALIA RESOURCES COMPANY PTY LIMITED

OIL SPILL CONTINGENCY PLAN

Oil Spill Contingency Plan

How to use this OSCP

Purpose, scope and legislative background of the OSCP

Geographic description and the environmental sensitivities of the area

Characteristics of the oil and other substances which could be spilt

Describes the organisation of the emergency teams and their functions

Section 6 DISCOVERING THE SPILL - FIRST ACTIONS AND NOTIFICATION

Alerting procedure and standard forms

Section 7 SPILL RESPONSE

AUJZ-EDD-07-DR-511-R01-0070 Jansz-Io OSCP REV 0 171011.doc

Oil Spill Contingency Plan

PROJECT AREA AND ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS ..................................................... 14

RESULTS OF SPILL TRAJECTORY MODELLING FOR SPECIFIC SCENARIOS ................ 22

Gorgon Project .......................................................................................................... 9

Surface Spills ............................................................................................................ 22

RESPONSE TEAMS AND PREPAREDNESS ......................................................................... 24

Response Priorities ................................................................................................... 24

AUJZ-EDD-07-DR-511-R01-0070 Jansz-Io OSCP REV 0 171011.doc

Oil Spill Contingency Plan

MARINE OIL SPILL RISKS AND RESPONSE TACTICS ....................................................... 31

DISCOVERING THE SPILL FIRST ACTIONS AND NOTIFICATIONS................................. 33

First Sighting of Spill Initial Actions ......................................................................... 33

SPILL RESPONSE .................................................................................................................. 42

Response Overview .................................................................................................. 42

INCIDENT REPORTING .......................................................................................................... 60

WILDLIFE PROTECTION AND RESCUE GUIDELINES ......................................................... 63

WASTE MANAGEMENT ......................................................................................................... 64

Site Safety Plan......................................................................................................... 66

TERMINATION OF RESPONSE .............................................................................................. 70

Storage and Disposal of Wastes ............................................................................... 64

HEALTH AND SAFETY PLAN ................................................................................................ 66

Rescue Principles ..................................................................................................... 63

Decision to Terminate ............................................................................................... 70

AUJZ-EDD-07-DR-511-R01-0070 Jansz-Io OSCP REV 0 171011.doc

Oil Spill Contingency Plan

AUJZ-EDD-07-DR-511-R01-0070 Jansz-Io OSCP REV 0 171011.doc

Oil Spill Contingency Plan

Australian Business Unit (Chevron)

Automated Data Inquiry for Oil Spill

Australian Emergency Management Team (Chevron)

Australian Institute of Petroleum

Australian Marine Oil Spill Centre

Australian Marine Oil Spill Plan

Australian Maritime Safety Authority

Australian Search and Rescue

Crisis Management Team (Chevron)

Agency with operational responsibility to respond to an oil spill in the marine

Chevron Australia Pty Ltd

Drilling Incident Management Team

Department of Mines and Petroleum (WA)

Department of Transport (WA)

Department of Sustainability, Environment, Water, People and Communities (Cth)

Deep Water Frontier

Esso Australia Pty Ltd

ExxonMobil Development Company

Environment Protection Authority

Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999

Emergency Response Plan

Emergency Response Room

Emergency Support Group (ExxonMobil)